Week 1 Preparing date: September 4th, 2022

Period 1 Teaching date: 6/9(3C),7/9(3A,3B,3D)

INTRODUCTION THE ENGLISH 3 PROGRAME AND TEXTBOOK

A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- use the allocation in their study (at school + at home) and basic classroom language.
- Skills: speaking and listening
2. Competences:
- Be self-study, communicative and interative skill.
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
-Actively participate in activities with their classmates in pairs, groups or class. Educate
Ss to become studious and obedient students, love learning English.
- Honesty, patience and friendliness.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Textbooks, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:

Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

1.Warm- up: *Aims: to create a friendly and
(5’) active atmosphere in the class to
beginning the lesson.
*Procedure:
- Greet the class and introduce - Greet and introduce
yourself, saying: Hello. I’m Miss
Huong.
- Encourage Ss to say their names - Ss greet and say their names
- Sing a song - Listen, sing and dance the
song in chorus
2.Presentation Activity 1.
(10’) *Aims: Ss will be able to know
about the English 3 progamme
and textbook.
*Procedure:
- Introduce about subject
+“English 3” has 3 books. (two
student books and one exercise
book)
- Introduce the student’s book - Listen to the teacher
and workbook.
- Say the main contents: - Listen to the teacher
There are 20 Units, each Unit
has 3 lessons
Lesson 1:
1. Look, listen and repeat
2. Listen, point and say
3. Let’s talk
4. Listen and circle/ tick/
number
5. Look, complete/ match and
read
6. Let’s sing / play
Lesson 2:
1. Look, listen and repeat
2. Listen, point and say
3. Let’s talk
4. Listen and number/ tick
5. Read (match) and complete/
match/ tick/ circle/ write.
6. Let’s sing/ play
Lesson 3:
1. Listen and repeat
2. Listen and circle/ tick
3. Let’s chant
4. Read and match/ circle/
compete/ write the answer.
 5. Let’s write
6. Project
After 5 Units has a Review

3.Practice: Activity 2.
(10’) *Aims: Ss will be able to know
and do action about classroom
languages.
*Procedure:
- Say and model some classroom - Listen to the teacher
languages - Look and do action
+ Open/ close your books,
please!
+ Stand up/ Sit down, please!
+ Be quiet/ Don’t talk, please!
+ Pick up your pen
+ Put your pen down
+ Raise your hands
+ Go to the board
+ Look
+ Complete
+ Let’s play
+ Ask/ answer the question
+ Work in pairs/groups
+ ….

4.Production Activity 3
(8’) *Aims: Ss will be able to sing
and dance a song.
*Procedure:
- Sing and model the “Hello” - Listen to the song through
song the tape.
Hello! - Listen and repeat sentence
Hello, hello, hello, how are you? by sentence link the action.
Hello, hello, hello, how are you?
- Sing all the text link the
 I’m good. action in the chorus.
I’m great! - Work in groups (two groups)
I’m wonderful! to sing
I’m good.
I’m great!
I’m wonderful!
Hello, hello, hello, how are you?
Hello, hello, hello, how are you?
I’m tired.
I’m hungry.
I’m not so good.
I’m tired.
I’m hungry.
I’m not so good.
Hello, hello, hello, how are you?
Hello, hello, hello, how are you?
Hello, hello, hello, how are you?
Hello, hello, hello, how are you?
- Listen to the teacher.
5. Homework. - Practice more at home.
(2’) - Prepare for “Starter”

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................

************************************
Week 1 Preparing date: September 4th, 2022
Period 2 Teaching date: 6/9(3C),7/9(3A,3B,3D)

STARTER A. Numbers
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- identify the numbers 1 to 10 through listening, speaking, reading and writing activities
- listen and identify numbers by ticking the correct boxes.
- read and match the relevant words with numbers.
- Vocabulary: one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten.
- Skills: speaking and listening
2. Competences:
- Oral communication: Say the numbers.
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 13-14, audio Tracks 2,3, website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 7, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:

Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

1.Warm- up:
(3’) Sing a song: Hello song
*Aims: to create a friendly and
active atmosphere in the class to
beginning the lesson.
*Procedure:
- Show the song on the screen. - Sing and dance the song
https://www.youtube.com/watch? in chorus.
v=tVlcKp3bWH8
- Ask pupils to listen, sing and - Ss listen and open their
dance the song. books.
- Say “Open your book page 7” and - Ss listen
look at “Starter, Numbers”.
2. Presentation
(15’)
*Aims: Ss will be able to know and
Activity 1.
identify the numbers from 1 to 10
Vocabulary
*Procedure:
-T uses body language and pictures
to introduce the new words
- - Ss listen and repeat
+ one : số 1
+ Choral repetition (3
+ two : số 2 times).
+ three: số 3 + Individual repetition (3
+ four : số 4 ss)
+ five : số 5
+ six : số 6
+ seven ; số 7
+ eight : số 8
+ nine : số 9
+ ten : số 10
- T models (3 times).
- T writes the words on the board.
- Ss take note
- Checking: What and where
- Ss look, remember and
say
Activity 2.
1. Listen, point
*Aims: Ss will be able to listen,
and repeat:
point and repeat the number
correctly.
*Procedure:
- Draw pupils’ attention to the
numbers.
-Look at the board and
- Tell them to listen, point at the
listen.
numbers and repeat.
-Ss listen, point and
- Play the recording for pupils to
repeat.
listen to the numbers, and
-Ss listen and repeat.
familiarise themselves with their
 stress and intonation.
- Play the recording again for
pupils to listen and repeat.
- Remind them to point at the -Ss listen again and
numbers while listening. repeat.
- Do this several times until they -Ss point at the numbers
feel confident. while listening
- Correct their pronunciation where -Ss continue do the task
necessary.
- Put pupils into pairs to practise
listening, pointing at and repeating
the numbers 1 − 10. -Ss works in pairs to
- Go around the classroom to offer practice
support.

3.Practice:(15’)
Activity 3 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to listen and
Listen and identify numbers by ticking the
tick: correct boxes.
*Procedure:
- Draw pupils’ attention to the
numbers.
- Tell them to listen and tick the -Look at the screen and
correct box under each number listen.
while listening.
- Show an example with number -Ss listen
three.
- Play the recording and tick the - Ss look and listen
box under the correct number.
- Play the recording all the way -Ss listen to the tape and
through for pupils to do the task. tick
- Play the recording again for them -Ss listen and do the task
to check their answers.
- Tell pupils to swap their books -Ss listen again and
 with their partners, then check check their answers.
answers together as a class. - Ss swap their books
- Write the correct answers on the with their partners and
board for pupils to correct their check answers.
answers. -Ss correct their answers
- Play the recording again for
pupils to double-check their
answers. -Ss listen again and
- Have Ss to listen and repeat in check again.
chorus. Correct their pronunciation
where necessary. - Ss listen and repeat in
Key: 3, 5, 8, 10 chorus

Activity 4. *Aims: Ss will be able to read and

Read and match the relevant words with
match. numbers.
*Procedure:
- Draw two columns on the board
like the input. -Ss look and listen.
1.one a. 8
2.five b. 3
3.three c. 1
4.eight d. 10
- Tell pupils to read the words for 5.ten e. 5
numbers and draw lines to match
with the target numbers. -Ss listen.
- Model: Have pupils read the word
in chorus and draw a line to match
with number 1. -Ss read the word in
- Give pupils time to do the task chorus
individually or in pairs. Go around
the classroom to offer support -Ss do the task
where necessary.
- Check the answers as a class.
- Invite a pupil to come to the front
 and draw a line on the board to -Ss check the answers
match the words with the relevant - Ss go to the board anf
numbers. match
- Give feedbacks
Key: 2. e 3. b 4. a 5. D

*Consolidation *Aims: Ss will be able consolidate

and wrap up the content of the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions: -Ss answer the questions
+ What have you learnt from the
lesson today?
- T review the number
- Ss listen
4. Homework. - Learn the number by heart
(2’) - Prepare the new lesson: B.The
alphabet. -Ss listen
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
………………………………………………………….…………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

*************************************

Week 1 Preparing date: September 04th, 2022

Period 3 Teaching date: 8/9(3C),9/9(3B,3D),12/9(3A)

STARTER
B. Alphabet
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- identify the letters of the alphabet by correctly pointing at, singing and performing
The alphabet song with the correct pronunciation.
- identify the alphabet letters and complete the missing ones.
- count the letters in the target names.
- Vocabulary: The alphabet
- Skills: speaking, reading, writing and listening
2. Competences:
- Critical thinking: count the letters
- Oral communication: practice speaking
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- 3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Leadership: collaborate with teachers to enhance language skills
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Page 14, audio Track 4, website sachmem.vn, posters,
laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 8, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- Sing a song: Let’s count 1-10
up: (3’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning
the lesson.
*Procedure:
- Show the song on the screen. - Sing and dance the song in
https://www.youtube.com/watch? chorus.
v=85M1yxIcHpw&t=10s
- Ask pupils to listen, sing and dance - Ss listen and open their
the song. books.
- Say “Open your book page 8” and
look at “Starter, Alphabet”.

2.Presenta
tion
*Aims: Ss will be able to identify the
(12’)
letters of the alphabet by correctly
Activity 1.
pointing at, singing and performing
1. Listen,
“The alphabet” song with the correct
point and
pronunciation and melody.
repeat:
*Procedure:
- Draw pupils’ attention to the title and -Look at the board and
lyrics of the song. Tell them about the listen.
activity.
- Model reading the title and the lyrics -Ss listen and repeat.
line by line for pupils to repeat.
- Encourage them to point at the letters -Ss listen
to reinforce their understanding.
- Play the recording all the way through -Ss listen carefully to the
for pupils to listen carefully to the pronunciation and the
pronunciation and the melody. melody.
 - Play the recording again for pupils to -Ss listen and repeat
listen and repeat.
- Do this several times until they feel -Ss continue to listen and
confident. repeat.
- Correct their pronunciation where
necessary.
- Play the recording all the way through -Ss sing along
for pupils to sing along.
- Show pupils actions to do while -Ss listen, sing and do
singing along with the recording, for action
example, use a finger to draw the
letters in the air while singing.
- Put pupils into groups to make up -Ss sing and do action into
their own actions for the song. groups
- Invite groups to the front of the -Ss sing and perform the
classroom to sing and perform the song in front of the class
song, while the rest of the class sings
and / or claps along. Encourage the
class to praise or cheer the performers.

*Aims: Ss will be able to identify the

3.Practice: alphabet letters and complete the
(17’) missing letters.
Activity 2 *Procedure:
2. Read - Draw pupils’ attention to the -Look at the screen and
and incomplete alphabet. Tell them about listen.
complete: the activity.
- Show them how to do the task:
+ point at the letters respectively for -Ss look and read
pupils to read
+ elicit the first missing letter and give - Ss look and answer
feedback.
+ write the answer on the board and -Ss read the first missing
have pupils read it in chorus. letter
- Give pupils time to do the task -Ss do the task in pairs
 individually or in pairs. Go around the
classroom to offer support where
necessary.
- Invite a pupil to stand up and say the -Ss stand up and say the
missing letters. Correct their missing letters
pronunciation where necessary.
-Write the answers on the board for the - Ss correct their answers
class to correct their answers.
- Have the class sing “The alphabet -Ss sing “the alphabet” song
song” a few times. This can be
conducted in groups.

*Aims: Ss will be able to count the

Activity 3. letters in the target names.
Count the *Procedure:
letters. - Draw pupils’ attention to the target
names.
- Tell them about the activity and show -Ss look and listen.
them what to do:
+Point at the first name BEN and have -Ss listen and count the
pupils count the letters by reading the letters
numbers under the target name in
chorus.
+ Point at Number 3 and say that it is -Ss look and listen
the total number of the letters in the
name BEN.
+ Get the class to count the letters -Ss count the letters again in
again in chorus. chorus.
- Give pupils time to do the task -Ss do the task
individually or in pairs. Go around the
classroom to offer support where
necessary.
- Invite a pupil to stand up and count -Ss stand up and count the
the letters in the names. letters
- Give feedbacks -Ss listen
 *Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
*Consolida wrap up the content of the lesson.
tion *Procedure: -Ss answer the questions
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the
lesson today? - Ss listen
- T review the alphabet
-Ss listen
- Learn the number by heart
4.Homewo - Prepare the new lesson: C.Fun time
rk. (3’)
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
……………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...
Week 1 Preparing date: September 04th, 2022
Period 4 Teaching date: 8/9(3C),9/9(3B,3D),12/9(3A)

STARTER
C. Fun time
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- review the numbers from one to ten by counting with fingers.
- review the numbers from one to ten and the alphabet letters by playing the game
Bingo.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking and listening
2. Competences:
- Oral communication: let’s play and talk
- Sociability: talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
- Responsibility: appreciate kindness
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Page 16, website sachmem.vn, posters, laptop, pictures,
textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 9, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- Sing a song: Let’s count 1-10
up: (3’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- Show the song on the screen.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?
v=85M1yxIcHpw&t=10s - Sing and dance the song in
- Ask pupils to listen, sing and dance the
song. chorus.
- Say “Open your book page 9” and
- Ss listen and open their
look at “Starter, Alphabet”.
books.

1. Count one to ten

2. Practice *Aims: Ss will be able to review the
(30’) numbers from one to ten by counting
Activity 1. with fingers.
*Procedure:
- Draw pupils’ attention to the pictures
-Look at the board and
of the hands.
listen.
- Tell them about the activity. Show the
-Ss listen and count
class how to use fingers to count from
one to ten a few times until they can feel
confident of using the same way to
count.
- Give pupils time to do the task
-Ss count from one to ten
individually or in pairs. Go around the
classroom to offer support.
- Invite a few pupils to the front of the
-Ss perform in front of the
classroom to take turns to perform the
class.
task.
 - Get the class to vote for the best
performer. -Ss vote
- Give feedbacks.
-Ss listen
2. Let’s play:
Activity 2 *Aims: Ss will be able to review the
numbers from one to ten and the
alphabet letters by playing the game
Bingo.
*Procedure:
- Draw a 3 x 3 Bingo grid on the board
and get pupils to do the same in their -Ss look and draw a 3x3
notebooks. Bingo grid in the
- Tell pupils to complete their grids with notebooks.
any numbers from one to ten.
- Explain how to play the game:
+ You call out a number.
+ Every pupil that has that number in
his or her grid should cross it out. -Ss write the numbers to
+ Continue to call out numbers complete the grids.
(remember to keep a record!) until
someone shouts Bingo!
+ Check his / her grid to make sure that
he or she has his or her grid crossed out -Ss listen and cross the
the numbers that you have called number they heard
+ Then declare him or her the winner.
- Repeat the same procedure with the -Ss play game
Bingo grid filled with the letters of the -Ss continue the game with
alphabet. the letters.
* Sing and do action:
*Consolida - Have pupils count from one to ten, and
tion sing The alphabet song in chorus. -Ss count from one to ten
- Invite some pupils to stand up and and sing The alphabet in
sing. chorus.
- Give feedbacks -Ss sing
 *Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
3.Homewo wrap up the content of the lesson.
rk. (2’) *Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions: -Ss answer the questions
+ What have you learnt from the
lesson today?
- T review the alphabet
- Learn the number and the alphabet by - Ss listen
heart
- Prepare the new lesson: Unit 1: Hello-
Lesson 1. -Ss listen

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

*********************************
Week 2 Preparing date: September 11th, 2022
Period 5 Teaching date: 13/9(3C),14/9(3A,3B,3D)

Unit 1: Hello
Lesson 1 (1, 2, 3)

A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- use the names Ben, Mai, Minh, Lucy, the words hello, hi.
- use Hello/ Hi. I’m _____. and Hello, / Hi, ____. I’m ___. to greet,
self-introduce and respond to greetings.
- listen to and demonstrate understanding of simple communicative contexts in relation
to the topic “Greetings”
- Vocabulary: Hello, Hi, I
- Skills: speaking and listening
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 17, 18, 19, audio Tracks 5,6, website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 10, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- Game: Pick the number
up: (3’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning
the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T says the numbers for the pupils to - Ss listen and choose the
choose. numbers
- Give points to the pupils with the - Ss play the game
correct choosing and encourage them.
- Say “Open your book page 10” and - Ss open their books
look at “Unit 1, Lesson 1 (1,2,3)”.

2.Presentati
on (16’) *Aims: Ss will be able to know the
Activity 1. vocabulary in front of starting the new
Vocabulary lesson.
*Procedure:
-T elicits the new words -Ss listen and answer
+ Hello = Hi : xin chào (situation)
 +I : tôi (translation)
+ I’m = I am: tôi là (translation)
- - Ss listen and repeat
- T models (3 times). +Choral repetition(3 times).
- T writes the words on the board. +Individual repetition(3 ss)
- Checking: Rub out and remember
- Ss take note
Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to understand - Ss look, remember and
1. Listen, and correctly repeat the sentences in write
point and two communicative contexts (pictures)
repeat: focusing on greetings, self-
introducing, and responding to
greetings.
*Procedure: -Look at the pictures and
- Have Ss look at Pictures a and b and get to know the characters
identify the characters in the pictures. in the pictures.
- Play the audio twice (sentence by + They’re Ben and Mai in
sentence). Correct their pronunciation picture a.
where necessary. + They’re Minh and Lucy in
- Have Ss to practice the dialogue picture b.
- T invites a few pairs to the front of
the class to practice.
- T checks pronunciation for ss.
Activity 3 *Aims: Ss will be able to correctly say
2. Listen, the character names and use Hello.
point and /Hi. I’m ____. and Hello,/ Hi,______.
say. I’m ____. to greet, self-introduce and
respond to greetings.
*Procedure:
* Model sentences: -Ss listen and repeat in
- T asks Ss look at picture a and helps chorus (twice)
Ss know the structure from the
dialogue. -Ss work in pairs to practice
- T introduces new structure for Ss. -Ss practice the dialogue
- T explains, models and gives
meaning. -Ss listen
-HaveA:SsHello.
repeatI’m
theBen.
model sentences.
B: Hi, Ben. I’m Mai.
 * Hi is more friendly than Hello in
conversation.

3.Practice: *Drill pictures -Ss look at the picture and

(7’) - Elicit and check comprehension the answer.
name of each character. -Ss listen
- Run through all the pictures. -Ss listen and repeat
- Run through model sentences. -Ss repeat to the introduce
+ Run through the self-introduce. and respond to greetings.
+ Run through respond to greetings.
- Have Ss to practise: - Ss look, listen and repeat
+ T says the first – Ss respond to
greetings (change role).
+ Ss – Ss (change role).
- Ask Ss to work in pairs.
- T controls and corrects. -Ss practice in chorus
- Invite a few pairs to come to the front -Ss work in pairs to practice
of the classroom, point at the relevant -Ss point and say
character in each picture, and act out
his/her role.
- Encourage Ss to practise speaking -Ss listen.
English. -Ss listen
- T gives feedbacks.

4.Productio *Aims: Ss will be able to enhance the

n: (7’) correct use of Hello./Hi. I’m ____. and
Activity 4. Hello,/Hi,____. I’m _____. to greet,
Let’s talk. self-introduce and respond to
greetings.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to guess each character and -Ss look at the picture and
what the children say. answer
+ What can you see in the picture? + Lucy meets Minh in the
+Who are they? school playground. They
+Where are they? greet, self-introduce and
 +What are they saying? respond to greetings.
-Ss note
- T fills the gaps and writes the - Ss say the completed
sentences on the board. sentences.
- T models -Ss work in groups
- T asks Ss to greet, self-introduce and -Ss perform in front of the
respond to greetings (groups of four) class.
- Invite some groups to perform.
- Give feedbacks

*Consolidat *Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and

ion wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the -Ss answer the questions
lesson today?
+What are the core values of the
lesson? (if the teacher can take from
the lesson).
- T review the vocabulary and model - Ss listen
sentences.
- T praises some Ss who are -Ss listen and clap their
hardworking / active/ good…. as well hands
as encourage others to try more.

5. - Learn the number by heart

Homework. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 1, -Ss listen and take note
(2’) Lesson 1 (4,5,6).

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
 ……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

*********************************
Week 2 Preparing date: September 11th, 2022
Period 6 Teaching date: 13/9(3C),14/9(3A,3B,3D)

Unit 1: Hello
Lesson 1 (4, 5, 6)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- use the names Ben, Mai, Minh, Lucy, the words hello, hi.
- use Hello/ Hi. I’m _____. and Hello, / Hi, ____. I’m ___. to greet, self-introduce and
respond to greetings.
- listen to and demonstrate understanding of simple communicative contexts in relation
to the topic “Greetings”
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 19, 20; audio Tracks 7, 8; website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 11, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- Game: “Passing the puppet”
up: (5’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
 atmosphere in the class to beginning
the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T gives Ss a puppet. - Ss listen and keep the puppet
- T asks Ss to listen to music and - Ss listen to music and play
transfer a puppet around the class. the game
- When the music stops, Ss who keep a
puppet have to practice with partner
using: Hello/ Hi. I’m _____. and
Hello, / Hi, ____. I’m ___.
- T gives feedback. -Ss listen
- Say “Open your book page 11” and - Ss open their books
look at “Unit 1, Lesson 1 (4,5,6)”.

2.Practice: 4. Listen and circle:

*Aims: Ss will be able to listen,
(27’) understand and circle the correct
Activity 1. pictures relevant to two communicative
contexts (pictures) in which two pupils
greet, self-introduce and respond to
greetings. -Look at the pictures and say:
*Procedure: + Picture 1a: Lucy and Ben
- Elicit the names of the characters in first meet each other.
the pictures. + Picture 1b: Lucy and Minh
- Point at the pictures respectively to first meet each other.
explain the context. + Picture 2a: Ben and Mai
first meet each other.
+ Picture 2b: Ben and Lucy
first meet each other.

- T ask Ss to guess the answers. -Ss guess the answers

+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board.
- Listen to the tape:
+ Play the recording - Ss listen to the tape and
circle
+ Play the recording again and get Ss - Ss listen again, circle and
to swap books with their partners. swap books with their
 + Play the recording again to check partners.
answers together as a class.
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss - Ss check their answers and
to correct their answers. Then checks guessing
Ss’ guessing.
- Play the recording, sentence by -Ss listen and repeat.
sentence, for the class to listen and
repeat in chorus.
Activity 2.
5. Look, complete and read.
*Aims: Ss will be able to complete the
gapped sentences and read them aloud
with the help of the picture cues.
*Procedure:
- Get Ss to look at the pictures and -Ss look at the picture and say:
identify the characters + They’re Ben, Lucy, Mai and
- Have Ss look at the four incomplete Ben, Minh and Lucy.
sentences and elicits the missing words -Ss look and answer
in the sentences.
- T models with sentence 1
+ Ask Ss what is missing in the -Ss answer: Hello/ Hi
sentence.
+ Have Ss look at the picture and -Ss look, complete and read
complete the gap, then read the the completed sentence in
completed sentence in chorus. chorus.
-Have Ss work in groups and complete -Ss complete the sentence
the sentences 2,3 and 4.
- Ask a few Ss to stand up and read the -Ss read aloud
completed sentences aloud.
-T gives feedbacks.

Activity 3.
6. Let’s sing.
*Aims: Ss will be able to sing the song
Hello with the correct pronunciation
 and melody.
*Procedure:
- Introduce the title and lyrics of the - Ss look and listen.
song: “Hello” song.

- Play the recording for Ss to listen to

the whole song. -Ss listen to the song
+ Have them repeat the title and lyrics
line by line. - Ss listen and repeat line by
+ Tell Ss to point at the relevant line without the action.
character while singing his or her -Ss point to the character
name. while singing
- Play the recording all the way
through for Ss to listen to -Ss listen to melody of the
pronunciation and melody of the song. song
- Play the recording line by line for Ss
to listen, repeat and point at the - Ss listen and sing line by
relevant character. line.
- Play the recording for Ss to sing and
do actions. - Ss sing and do actions.
- Ask Ss to practice singing and doing
actions in pairs or groups. + Ss work in groups (two
- Invite groups to the front of the groups) to sing.
classroom to perform the song -Ss perform in front of the
-T gives feedback. class.
-Ss listen
*Consolida *Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
tion wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the
lesson today? -Ss answer the questions
+What are the core values of the
lesson? (if the teacher can take from
the lesson).
- T praises some Ss who are
hardworking / active/ good…. as well -Ss listen and clap their hands
 as encourage others to try more.

3. - Learn the number by heart

Homewor - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 1,
k. (3’) Lesson 2 (1,2,3). -Ss listen and take note

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

******************************
Week 2 Preparing date: September 11th, 2022
Period 7 Teaching date: 15/9(3C),16/9(,3B,3D), 19/9(3A)

Unit 1: Hello
Lesson 2 (1, 2, 3)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- understand and correctly repeat the sentences in two communicative contexts focusing
on greetings, responding to greetings and saying goodbye.
- use the names Ben, Mai, Minh, Lucy, the words hello, hi, bye, goodbye, and the
sentence patterns Hello, / Hi, I’m _____.; How are you? and Fine, thank you. in relation
to the topic “Greetings”.
– use Hi. How are you? and Fine, thank you. to greet others, respond to greetings and
use Goodbye / Bye ______. to say goodbye.
- Vocabulary: how, fine, thank you, goodbye, bye.
- Skills: speaking and listening
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 21, 22; audio Tracks 9,10, website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 12, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:

Contents Teacher’s activities Student’s activities

1.Warm- up: Game: Pass the ball
(3’) *Aims: to create a friendly and
active atmosphere in the class to
beginning the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T gives Ss a ball. - Ss listen and keep the ball
- T asks Ss to listen to music and - Ss listen to music and play
transfer a ball around the class. the game
- When the music stops, Ss who keep
a ball have to practice with partner
using: Hello/ Hi. I’m _____. and
Hello, / Hi, ____. I’m ___.
- T gives feedback.
- Say “Open your book page 12” and - Ss open their books
look at “Unit 1, Lesson 2 (1,2,3)”.

2.
Presentation(16) *Aims: Ss will be able to know the
Activity 1. vocabulary in front of starting the
Vocabulary. new lesson.
*Procedure:
-T elicits the new words -Ss listen and answer
+ How : như thế nào
(translation)
+ Fine : khỏe (situation)
 + you : bạn (translation)
+ thank you= thanks : cảm ơn
(situation)
+ Goodbye= bye : tạm biệt
(situation)
- T models (3 times). - - Ss listen and repeat
+ Choral repetition (3 times).
+ Individual repetition (3 ss)
- T writes the words on the board. - Ss take note
- Checking: Rub out and remember - Ss look, remember and
write
Activity 2. 1. *Aims: Ss will be able to understand
Listen, point and correctly repeat the sentences in
and repeat: two communicative contexts
(pictures) focusing on greetings,
responding to greetings and saying
goodbye.
*Procedure:
- Have Ss look at Pictures a and b -Look at the pictures and get
and identify the characters in the to know the characters in the
pictures. pictures.
+ In picture a: Ben say Hi,
Mai. How are you? And Mai
respond Fine, thank you.
– In picture b: Ben say
Goodbye, Mai. And Mai
respond: Bye, Ben.
- Play the audio twice (sentence by -Ss listen and repeat in
sentence). Correct their chorus (twice)
pronunciation where necessary.
- Have Ss to practice the diaguage -Ss work in pairs to practice
- T invites a few pairs to the front of -Ss practice the diaguage
the class to practice.
- T checks pronunciation for ss. -Ss listen
Activity 3. 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to correctly
Listen, point say the words and use Hi. How are
and say. you? Fine, thank you. to greet,
respond to greetings and Goodbye./
Bye. to say goodbye.
*Procedure:
* Model sentences:
- T asks Ss look at picture a, b and -Ss look at the picture and
helps Ss know the structure from the answer.
dialogue.
- T introduces new structure for Ss. -Ss listen
- T explains, models and gives -Ss listen and repeat
meaning.
- Have Ss repeat the model -Ss repeat to the introduce
sentences. and respond to greetings.
A: Hi. How are you?
B: Fine, thank you.
A: Goodbye.
B: Bye.

* Bye is more friendly than Goodbye

in conversation.

3.Practice: (7’) *Drill pictures

- Elicit and check comprehension the - Ss look, listen and repeat
name of each character.
- Run through all the pictures.
- Run through model sentences.
+ Run through the self-introduce.
+ Run through respond to greetings.

- Have Ss to practise: -Ss practice in chorus

+ T says the first – Ss respond to
greetings (change role).
 + Ss – Ss (change role). - Ss practice in chorus
- Ask Ss to work in pairs. -Ss work in pairs to practice
- T controls and corrects. -Ss listen
- Invite a few pairs to come to the -Ss point and say
front of the classroom, point at the
relevant character in each picture,
and act out his/her role.
- Invite Ss to go to the board and -Ss go to the board and rold
role play. Encourage Ss to practise play.
speaking English.
- T gives feedbacks. -Ss listen

4.Production: *Aims: Ss will be able to enhance

(7’) the correct use of Hi. How are you?
Activity 4. and Fine, thank you. to respond to
3. Let’s talk greetings, and Goodbye. / Bye to say
goodbye.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to guess each character -Ss look at the picture and
and what the children say. answer
+ What can you see in the picture? + A picture of two pairs of
+Who are they? pupils in the school
+Where are they? playground. One pair greets
+What are they saying? and responds to each other’s
- T fills the gaps and writes the greetings and the other says
sentences on the board. goodbye to each other
- T models -Ss note
- T asks Ss use of Hi. How are you? - Ss say the completed
and Fine, thank you. to respond to sentences.
greetings, and Goodbye. / Bye to say -Ss work in groups
goodbye (groups of four)
- Invite some groups to perform. -Ss perform in front of the
- Give feedbacks class.

*Consolidation *Aims: Ss will be able consolidate

 and wrap up the content of the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the
lesson today?
+What are the core values of the
lesson? (if the teacher can take from
the lesson).
- T review the vocabulary and model - Ss listen
sentences.
- T praises some Ss who are -Ss listen and clap their
hardworking / active/ good…. as hands
well as encourage others to try more.

5. Homework. - Learn the number by heart

(2’) - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 1, -Ss listen and take note
Lesson 2 (4,5,6).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

******************************
Week 2 Preparing date: September 11th, 2022
Period 8 Teaching date: 15/9(3C),16/9(,3B,3D), 19/9(3A)

Unit 1: Hello
Lesson 2 (4, 5, 6)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- understand and correctly repeat the sentences in two communicative contexts focusing
on greetings, responding to greetings and saying goodbye.
- use the names Ben, Mai, Minh, Lucy, the words hello, hi, bye, goodbye, and the
sentence patterns Hello, / Hi, I’m _____.; How are you? and Fine, thank you. in relation
to the topic “Greetings”.
– use Hi. How are you? and Fine, thank you. to greet others, respond to greetings and
use Goodbye / Bye ______. to say goodbye.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 23, 24; audio Tracks 11; website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 13, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:

Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

1.Warm- Sing a song: “how are you”
up: (5’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- Show the song on the screen. - Sing and dance the song in
https://www.youtube.com/watch? chorus.
v=O13gITUS5t4
- Ask pupils to listen, sing and dance the
song.
2.Practice: - Say “Open your book page 13” and - Ss open their books
(27’) look at “Unit 1, Lesson 2 (4,5,6)”.
Activity 1.
4. Listen *Aims: Ss will be able to listen to and
and understand four communicative contexts
number: in which pupils greet each other,
respond to each other’s greetings with
thanks, and say goodbye.
*Procedure:
- Elicit the names of the characters in the -Look at the pictures and say:
pictures. + Picture a: Lucy and Minh
- Point at the pictures respectively to meet each other again.
explain the context. + Picture b: Lucy and Minh
say goodbye to each other.
+ Picture c: Ben and Mai say
goodbye to each other.
+ Picture d: Ben and Mai first
meet each other.

- T ask Ss to guess the answers. -Ss guess the answers

+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board.
- Listen to the tape: - Ss listen to the tape and write
+ Play the recording number
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to - Ss listen again, write number
swap books with their partners. and swap books with their
+ Play the recording again to check partners.
answers together as a class.
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss - Ss check their answers and
to correct their answers. Then checks Ss’ guessing
guessing.
- Play the recording, sentence by -Ss listen and repeat.
sentence, for the class to listen and repeat
in chorus.
Key: 1.d 2. c 3. a 4. b
Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to read and match
5. Read pairs of target sentence patterns.
and match. *Procedure:
- Elicit the context and give feedback. -Ss look at the sentences and
- T models with sentence 1. say
+ Get Ss to read Sentence 1 in chorus. 1.Hi. I’m a.Fine,
+Draw the line connecting Sentence 1 Mai thank
you.
with Sentence b
2.Goodb b.Hello,
+ Have Ss read the completed sentence
ye, Mai. Mai. I’m
in chorus. Ben.
3.How c.Bye,
are you, Ben.
-Have Ss work in pairs and match the Mai?
sentences 2 and 3. -Ss read and match
- Invite pairs of pupils to stand up and
read aloud the matched exchanges. -Ss read aloud the matched
-T gives feedbacks. exchanges.
Key: 2. c 3. a

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to practise using

6. Let’s target sentence patterns by playing the
play. game Hello and goodbye.
*Procedure:
- Tell Ss about the activity. Elicit the
language that Ss need to greet, self- - Ss listen and answer
introduce, respond to greetings and say
goodbye.
- Write the language on the board. Get
the class to read the sentences in chorus. -Ss look and read in chorus
- Invite two groups of four to the front
of the classroom to model the two
contexts. - Ss make a model
+ Context 1: Three players are sitting
and talking together. One player
 pretends to be a newcomer, goes to the
place, greets the group, and introduces
himself or herself (Hello./ Hi. I'm ___.)
The group responds to his/ her greetings
(Hello, / Hi, ___.). Then he/ she sits
down to join the group. One of the
previous sitters stands up and goes out to
pretend to be a newcomer. He/ She
repeats the procedure. One by one, each
member of the group repeats the
procedure until the last one.
+Context 2: Four players are sitting
together talking happily. One of them
stands up to leave. He/ She says goodbye
to the group (Goodbye. / Bye.). The
group responds to the leaver (Goodbye. /
Bye.).
One by one, each member of the group
repeats the procedure until the last one.
- Give Ss time to play the game.
- Give feedbacks -Ss play the game

*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and

*Consolidat wrap up the content of the lesson.
ion *Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions: -Ss listen and take note
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking
/ active/ good…. as well as encourage
others to try more.
3. - Learn the number by heart
Homework - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 1, Lesson
. (3’) 3 (1,2,3).

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

******************************
Week 3 Preparing date: September 18th, 2022
Period 9 Teaching date: 20/9(3A,3B),21/9(3C,3D)

Unit 1: Hello
Lesson 3 (1, 2, 3)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- correctly repeat the sounds of the letters h and b in isolation, in the words hello and
bye, and in the sentences Hello, Ben. and Bye, Ben. with the correct pronunciation and
intonation.
- identify the target words hello and bye while listening.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 25, 26; audio Tracks 12,13, 14; website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 14, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: Game: Find a partner
(5’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- Divide the class into 2 teams: boys and - Ss listen
girls. Prepare the name tags.
- Set the rules: Make a circle, then ask 1 -Ss listen the rules
Ss to come stand in the circle and choose
a name tag. - Ss play the game
The one whose name is called will come
to the circle and practise speaking by
saying Hi, I’m ___.
- Encourage students to join the game.
- Say “Open your book page 14” and - Ss open their books
look at “Unit 1, Lesson 3 (1,2,3)”.

2.
Presentation *Aims: Ss will be able to correctly repeat
(9’) the sounds of the letters h and b in
Activity 1. isolation, the words hello and bye, and
Listen and the sentences Hello, Ben. and Bye, Ben.
repeat: with correct pronunciation and
intonation.
*Procedure:
- T gives instruction to the letter h and b, - Ss recognize the
the word hello and bye, the sentence differences about color of
Hello, Ben and Bye, Ben. letter
- Play the recording for the letter h, b - - Ss listen
- Encourage Ss to point at the letter/ - Ss listen and point
 word/ sentence while listening.
- Play the recording again and encourage - Ss listen again and repeat
Ss to listen and repeat.
- Do this several times until Ss feel -Ss listen again and repeat
confident.
- T calls some Ss to practice. -Ss practice
- T gives feedbacks. -Ss listen

3.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to identify the

(19’) target words hello and bye while
Activity 2. listening.
Listen and *Procedure:
circle. - Elicit the sentences and the gap-fill -Ss listen and say:
options. + Number 1: …..,Ben
+ Number 2: …..,Ben.
- T ask Ss to guess the answers. -Ss guess the answers
+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board.
- Listen to the tape: - Ss listen to the tape and
+ Play the recording circle
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to - Ss listen again, circle and
swap books with their partners. swap books with their
+ Play the recording again to check partners.
answers together as a class.
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss - Ss check their answers
to correct their answers. Then checks Ss’ and guessing
guessing.
- Play the recording, sentence by -Ss listen and repeat.
sentence, for the class to listen and repeat
in chorus.
- Invite one or two Ss to stand up and -Ss read the sentences
read the completed sentences.
Key: 1.c 2.a

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to say the chant

Let’s chant with the correct rhythm and
 pronunciation.
*Procedure:
- Introduce the title and lyrics of the - Ss look and listen.
chant.

- Play the recording for Ss to listen to the -Ss listen to the chant
whole chant.
+ Have them repeat the title and lyrics - Ss listen and repeat line
line by line. by line without clap their
+ Ask Ss to attend to the sounds of the hands
letters h and b and the words Hello and -Ss note the sounds, words
Bye.
- Play the recording all the way through -Ss listen to melody of the
for Ss to listen to pronunciation and song
melody.
- Play the recording line by line for Ss to - Ss listen and chant line
listen and repeat by line.
- Play the recording for Ss to chant and - Ss chant and clap along.
clap along.
- Ask Ss to practice chant and clap along - Ss work in groups (two
in pairs or groups. groups) to chant
- Invite groups to the front of the -Ss perform in front of the
classroom to perform the chant class.
-T gives feedback. -Ss listen

*Consolidation *Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and

wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss listen.
 questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson -Ss answer the questions
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T review the vocabulary and model - Ss listen
sentences.
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking -Ss listen and clap their
/ active/ good…. as well as encourage hands
others to try more.
4. Homework.
(2’) - Practice the chant more. -Ss listen and take note
- Prepare the new lesson:
Unit 1, Lesson 3 (4,5,6).

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

Week 3 Preparing date: September 18th, 2022

Period 10 Teaching date: 20/9(3A,3B),21/9(3C,3D)

Unit 1: Hello
Lesson 3 (4,5,6)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- read four sentences and choose the correct responses about the topic “Greetings and
goodbye”.
- read, understand and complete three exchanges with their personal information about
the topic “Greetings and goodbye”.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 26, 27; website sachmem.vn, posters, laptop, pictures,
textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 15, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:

Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

1.Warm- up: Game: “Nought and crosses”
(5’) *Aims: to review the vocabulary and
structure about greet and respond to
greetings.
*Procedure:
- T helps ss to review the vocabulary - Ss listen and answer
and structure about greet and respond
to greetings, using “How are you? and
fine, thank you.
- T introduces how to play game. - Ss listen to the rules
- T reviews structure before play -Ss play game
game.
- T guides Ss play game:
+ Divide class into 2 groups.
+ T gives Ss to watch the picture.
+ T will ask “How are you?” and Ss
will answer
+ Ss have correct answers, they will
 get a nought or cross and choose the
way so that they win.
+ The group has more correct answers
that will be the winner and get a
flower.
- T gives feedback. - Ss listen
- Say “Open your book page 15” and - Ss open their books
look at “Unit 1, Lesson 3 (4,5,6)”.

*Aims: Ss will be able to read four

2.Practice:
sentences and choose the correct
(8’)
responses.
Activity 1.
*Procedure:
Read and
- Elicit the context and give - Ss look at the sentences and
circle:
feedback. say
- T models with sentence 1. -Ss read and circle
+ Get Ss to read Sentence 1
+ Elicit the answer and give feedback.
Circle the letter b.
-Have Ss work in pairs and circle the -Ss work in pairs and circle
sentences 2, 3 and 4.
- Tell Ss to swap books with a partner, -Ss swap books and check
then check answers together as a
class.
- Write the correct answers on the -Ss check the correct their
board for pupils to correct their answers
answers.
- Invite pairs of Ss to stand up and -Ss role play
role play
-T gives feedbacks. -Ss listen
Key: 1. b 2. a 3. a 4.b

*Aims: Ss will be able to read,

3.Production:
understand and complete three
(19’)
exchanges with their personal
Activity 2.
Let’s write information.
*Procedure:
- Get Ss to look at the pictures and -Ss look at the picture and
identify the characters say:
+ They’re Ben and Lucy

- Elicit the context and the missing -Ss look and answer
words
- T models with sentence 1 -Ss answer: I’m…….
+ Ask Ss what is missing in the -Ss complete and role play
sentence.
+ Have Ss complete the gap, then -Ss complete the sentences
role -play the exchange.
-Have Ss work in groups and -Ss swap books and check
complete the sentences 2 and 3. their answers
- Get Ss to swap books with a partner,
then check the answers together as a -Ss role play
class.
- Ask a few Ss to stand up and role -Ss listen
play the completed sentences aloud.
-T gives feedbacks.

Activity 3.
*Aims: Ss will be able to make a
Project.
pupil card for pupils to use, and use
their work to practise talking to their
classmates.
*Procedure:
- Stick the pupil card sample on the - Ss look and listen
board and model with the name, class,
school. -Ss prepare necessary school
things to carry out the project
 (paper, pens, pencils,
coloured pencils, scissors ,
glue,…..)

-Ss make their name cards

- T asks Ss to make their name cards and present them to their
and present them to their class. class.
- T asks ss to work in group and do -Ss work in groups
the project in class. -Ss present their cards
- T calls some Ss to the front of the
class to present their cards, using their
name card and saying Hello.I’m +
(name). - Ss stick their cards on the
- Have Ss to stick their cards on the wall of the classroom.
wall of the classroom -Ss vote
- Create a class display of pupil cards
and vote for the best decorated one. -Ss listen
- T gives feedback.
*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate
and wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure: -Ss answer the questions
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the
lesson today?
+What are the core values of the
lesson? (if the teacher can take from
the lesson). -Ss listen and clap their hands
- T praises some Ss who are
hardworking / active/ good…. as well
as encourage others to try more.
4. Homework.
-Ss listen and take note
(3’)
- Learn the number by heart
- Prepare the new lesson: Unit 1,
 Lesson 2 (1,2,3).

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

**********************************
Week 3 Preparing date: September 18th, 2022
Period 11 Teaching date: 22/9(3C),23/9(3B,3D),26/9(3A)

Unit 2: Our names

Lesson 1 (1, 2, 3)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- use the words what, your, name, my in relation to the topic “Our names”
- use What’s your name? – My name’s………. to ask and answer questions about name
- listen to and demonstrate understanding of simple communicative contexts in relation
to the topic "Our names"
- Vocabulary: what, your, name, my
- Skills: speaking and listening
2. Competences:
- Oral Communication: speak about names, ask and answer the questions
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
- Diligence: complete learning tasks
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 26, 27, audio Tracks 15,16, website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 16, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’activities
1.Warm- up: Game: Who is faster?
(3’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning
the lesson.
*Procedure:
- Divide the class into groups. - Ss listen.
- Arrange the flashcards on the board. -Ss look at the board
- Invite a student from each group to - Ss play the game
go to the board.
- T says a word and the students run to - Ss listen and clap their
tap the right card. hands
- The group has more cards that will
be the winner.
- Say “Open your book page 16” and - Ss open their books
look at “Unit 2, Lesson 1 (1,2,3)”.

2. *Aims: Ss will be able to know the

Presentation vocabulary in front of starting the new
(16’) lesson.
Activity 1. *Procedure:
Vocabulary. -T elicits the new words -Ss listen and answer
+ what : gì, cái gì (translation)
+ name : tên (situation)
+ my : của tôi (translation)
+ your : của bạn (translation)
- T models (3 times). - - Ss listen and repeat
+ Choral repetition (3 times).
+ Individual repetition (3 ss)
- T writes the words on the board. - Ss take note
 - Checking: Rub out and remember - Ss look, remember and
write
Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to understand
Listen, point and correctly repeat the sentences in
and repeat: two communicative contexts
(pictures) focusing on asking and
answering questions about names.
*Procedure:
- Have pupils look at Pictures a and b
and identify the characters in the -Look at the pictures and get
pictures. to know the characters in the
pictures.
+ In picture a: Linh says: Hi.
I’m Linh. What’s your name?
And Ben answers: My
name’s Ben.
+ In pucture b: Minh asks:
What’s your name? And
Mary answers: My name’s
Mary.

- Play the audio twice (sentence by

sentence). Correct their pronunciation -Ss listen and repeat in
where necessary. chorus (twice)
- Have Ss to practice the dialogue
- T invites a few pairs to the front of -Ss work in pairs to practice
the class to practice. -Ss practice the dialogue
- T checks pronunciation for ss.
-Ss listen
Activity 3 *Aims: Ss will be able to correctly say
Listen, point the character names and use What's
and say. your name? - My name's ….. to ask
and answer questions about names.
*Procedure:
 * Model sentences:
- T asks Ss look at picture a and helps
Ss know the structure from the -Ss look at the picture and
dialogue. answer.
- T introduces new structure for Ss.
- T explains, models and gives -Ss listen
meaning. -Ss listen and repeat
-Have Ss repeat the model sentences.
-Ss repeat to the introduce
A: What’s your name? and respond to greetings.
B: My name’s Ben

* Note: What’s = what is

My name’s = my name is

3.Practice: *Drill pictures

(7’) - Elicit and check comprehension the
name of each character. - Ss look, listen and repeat
- Run through all the pictures.
- Run through model sentences.
+ Run through the questions.
+ Run through the answers.

- Have Ss to practise:
+ T asks the first – Ss answer (change
-Ss practice in chorus
role).
+ Ss – Ss (change role).
- Ask Ss to work in pairs to ask and
-Ss work in pairs to practice
answer the question What’s your
name? My name’s……
- T controls and corrects.
- Invite a few pairs to come to the
-Ss point and ask and answer
front of the classroom, point at the
relevant character in each picture, and
act out his/her role.
 - Encourage Ss to practise speaking
English. -Ss listen.
- T gives feedbacks.
-Ss listen
4.Production: *Aims: Ss will be able to enhance the
(7’) correct use of What’s your name? and
Activity 4. My name’s…. . to ask and answer
Let’s talk. questions about names.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss look at the second bubble
and ask -Ss look at the picture and
+What’s your name? answer
- Get Ss to repeat the question and the + My name’s Mai
answer several times in pairs. -Ss ask and answer
- T models: Go around the classroom,
pointing to Ss and asking What’s your - Ss answer
name?
- Ask Ss ask and answer about their
own names in pairs. -Ss work in pairs
- Invite some groups to perform in
front of the class. -Ss perform in front of the
- Give feedbacks class.

*Consolidation *Aims: Ss will be able consolidate

and wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions: -Ss answer the questions
+ What have you learnt from the
lesson today?
+What are the core values of the
lesson? (if the teacher can take from
the lesson).
- T review the vocabulary and model
sentences. - Ss listen
 - T praises some Ss who are
hardworking / active/ good…. as well -Ss listen and clap their
as encourage others to try more. hands

5. Homework. - Learn the vocabulary and model

(2’) sentences by heart -Ss listen and take note
- Prepare the new lesson: Unit 2,
Lesson 1 (4,5,6).

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

**********************************
Week 3 Preparing date: September 18th, 2022
Period 12 Teaching date: 22/9(3C),23/9(3B,3D),26/9(3A)

Unit 2: Our names

Lesson 1 (4, 5, 6)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- use What’s your name? – My name’s…... to ask and answer questions about names
- listen to and demonstrate understanding of simple communicative contexts in relation
to the topic "Our names"
- read and write about people’s names
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 28,29; audio Tracks 17; website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 17, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: Game: Interview your friend(s).
(5’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning
the lesson.
*Procedure:
- Each Ss gets 1 sheet of paper from - Ss listen
the teacher.
- Ask Ss fill in the information about -Ss interview their friends
themselves. Then they can move and fill in their paper
around the class to ask and answer the
questions to know more about their
friends’ family member.
-Have Ss perform in front of the class -Ss perform
- T gives feedback.
- Say “Open your book page 17” and - Ss open their books
look at “Unit 2, Lesson 1 (4,5,6)”.
2.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to listen to and
(27’) understand two dialogues in which
Activity 1. pupils ask and answer questions about
Listen and names.
tick: *Procedure:
- Elicit the names of the characters in -Look at the pictures and say:
the pictures. + Picture 1a: Minh greets
- Point at the pictures respectively to Lucy and asks her name.
explain the context. + Picture 1b: Minh greets
 Mary and asks her name.
+ Picture 2a: Mai greets Bill
and asks his name.
+ Picture 2b: Mai greets
Ben and asks his name.

- T ask Ss to guess the answers. -Ss guess the answers

+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board.
- Listen to the tape: - Ss listen to the tape and tick
+ Play the recording - Ss listen again, tick and
+ Play the recording again and get Ss swap books with their
to swap books with their partners. partners.
+ Play the recording again to check
answers together as a class. - Ss check their answers and
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss guessing
to correct their answers. Then checks
Ss’ guessing.
- Play the recording, sentence by -Ss listen and repeat.
sentence, for the class to listen and
repeat in chorus.
Key: 1.b 2.a

Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to complete

Look, three target sentence patterns with the
complete and help of picture cues.
read. *Procedure:
- Get Ss to look at the pictures and -Ss look at the picture and
identify the characters say:
+ They’re Nam, Lucy in
picture a
+ They’re Mary and Mai in
picture b

- Have Ss look at the three incomplete -Ss listen and answer

 sentences and elicits the missing words
in the sentences.
- T models with sentence 1 -Ss answer: My name’s Lucy
+ Ask Ss what is missing in the
sentence.
+ Have Ss look at the picture and -Ss look, complete and read
complete the gap, then read the the completed sentence in
completed sentence in chorus. chorus.
-Have Ss work in groups and complete -Ss complete the sentence
the sentence 2.
- Ask a few Ss to stand up and read the -Ss read aloud
completed sentences aloud.
-T gives feedbacks.

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to review the

Let’s play. characters’ names by playing the game
Slap the board.
*Procedure:
- Divide class into 2 groups - Ss look and listen.
- How to play:
+ Put the flash cards or write the words -Ss play game
of the six pupils on the board.
+ Each group chooses six Ss to play. -Ss listen to the teacher.
+ Invite one Ss to the front of the class
and ask What's your name? The class
answers the question aloud with one of
the names on the board (ex: My name's
Bill).
+ Look at the picture, listen and slap -Ss answer the questions
the picture you heard.
+ Who faster will get 1 mark. -Ss listen and clap their
+ Which group with higher mark is the hands
winner.
- T gives feedback. -Ss listen and take note
Consolidation *Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following - Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the
lesson today?
+What are the core values of the
lesson? (if the teacher can take from
the lesson).
- T praises some Ss who are -Ss listen and clap their
hardworking / active/ good…. as well hands
as encourage others to try more.

3. - Ask and answer about the pictures on

Homework. page 17.
(3’) - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 2, -Ss listen and take note
Lesson 2 (1,2,3).

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

Week 4 Preparing date: September 25th, 2022

Period 13 Teaching date: 27/9(3A,3B),28/9(3C,3D)

Unit 2: Our names

Lesson 2 (1, 2, 3)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- use the words what, your, name, my, how old, years old in relation to the topic “Our
names”;
- use How old are you? - I'm……. to ask and answer questions about someone’s age;
- Vocabulary: how old, year
- Skills: speaking and listening
2. Competences:
- Oral Communication: speak about names, ask and answer the questions
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
- Diligence: complete learning tasks
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 29, 30, audio Tracks 18,19, website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 18, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:

Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

1.Warm- up: Game: Guess the pictures
(3’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning
the lesson.
*Procedure:
- The first Ss has to take the last four - Ss listen.
or three letters of that word and form
a new word.
- The second Ss does the same, and -Ss look at the board
the chain continues until a Ss is
unable to form a word.
- The Ss who fails to form a word or - Ss play the game
misspells it is out of the game.
-T give feedback - Ss listen and clap their
- Say “Open your book page 18” and hands
 look at “Unit 2, Lesson 2 (1,2,3)”. - Ss open their books

2. *Aims: Ss will be able to know the

Presentation vocabulary in front of starting the
(16’) new lesson.
Activity 1. *Procedure:
Vocabulary. -T elicits the new words -Ss listen and answer
+ how old : bao nhiêu tuổi
(situation)
+ year : tuổi, năm (situation) - - Ss listen and repeat
- T models (3 times). + Choral repetition (3 times).
+ Individual repetition (3 ss)
- T writes the words on the board. - Ss take note
- Checking: Rub out and remember - Ss look, remember and
write

Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to understand

Listen, point and correctly repeat the sentences in
and repeat: two communicative contexts (pictures)
focusing on asking and answering
questions about the character’s age.
*Procedure:
- Have pupils look at Pictures a and b -Look at the pictures and get
and identify the characters in the to know the characters in the
pictures. pictures.
+ In picture a: Nam asks:
What’s your name? And
Mary answers: My name’s
Mary.
+ In pucture b: Nam asks:
How old are you? And Mary
answers: I’m eight years old..
 - Play the audio twice (sentence by
sentence). Correct their pronunciation
where necessary. -Ss listen and repeat in chorus
- Have Ss to practice the dialogue (twice)
- T invites a few pairs to the front of
the class to practice. -Ss work in pairs to practice
- T checks pronunciation for ss. -Ss practice the dialogue

*Aims: Ss will be able to correctly -Ss listen

say the words and use How old are
Activity 3 you? – I’m………years old. to ask and
Listen, point answer questions about someone’s
and say. age.
*Procedure:
* Model sentences:
- T asks Ss look at picture a and helps
Ss know the structure from the
dialogue. -Ss look at the picture and
- T introduces new structure for Ss. answer.
- T explains, models and gives
meaning. -Ss listen
-Have Ss repeat the model sentences. -Ss listen and repeat

A: How old are you? -Ss repeat to the introduce

B: I’m eight years old.
and respond to greetings.
*Drill pictures
- Elicit and check comprehension the
3.Practice: name of each character.
(7’) -Ss look at the picture and
answer
+ In picture a: A girl is
holding a birthday cake with
number 7.
+ In picture b: A girl is
holding a birthday cake with
 number 8.
+ In picture c: A boy is
holding a birthday cake with
number 9.
+ In picture d: A boy is
holding a birthday cake with
number 10.
- Run through all the pictures. - Ss look, listen and repeat
- Run through model sentences.
+ Run through the questions. -Ss practice in chorus
+ Run through the answers.
- Have Ss to practise:
+ T asks the first – Ss answer (change -Ss work in pairs to practice
role).
+ Ss – Ss (change role).
- Ask Ss to work in pairs to ask and -Ss point and ask and answer
answer the question How old are you?
I’m……
- T controls and corrects.
- Invite a few pairs to come to the -Ss listen.
front of the classroom, point at the
relevant character in each picture, and -Ss listen
act out his/her role.
4.Production: - Encourage Ss to practise speaking
(7’) English.
Activity 4. - T gives feedbacks.
Let’s talk.
*Aims: Ss will be able to enhance the
correct use of How old are you? and -Ss look at the picture and
to correctly respond using their own listen
ages.
*Procedure:
- Have Ss look at the picture and
explain that the two children want to -Ss look and answer
buy some birthday cakes. The shop + I’m four years old.
 assistant asks their ages and the
children answer -Ss ask and answer
- T asks Ss look at the first speech
bubble and ask How old are you? - Ss answer
- Get Ss to repeat the question and the
answer several times in pairs. -Ss work in pairs
- T models: Go around the classroom,
pointing to Ss and asking What’s your -Ss perform in front of the
name? class.
- Ask Ss ask and answer about their
own ages in pairs.
*Consolidation - Invite some groups to perform in
front of the class.
- Give feedbacks
-Ss answer the questions
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate
and wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the
lesson today? - Ss listen
+What are the core values of the
lesson? (if the teacher can take from -Ss listen and clap their hands
the lesson).
- T review the vocabulary and model
sentences.
5. Homework. - T praises some Ss who are -Ss listen and take note
(2’) hardworking / active/ good…. as well
as encourage others to try more.

- Learn the vocabulary and model

sentences by heart
- Prepare the new lesson: Unit 2,
Lesson 2 (4,5,6).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

*******************************************
Week 4 Preparing date: September 25th, 2022
Period 14 Teaching date: 27/9(3A,3B),28/9(3C,3D)

Unit 2: Our names

Lesson 2 (4,5,6)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- listen to and demonstrate understanding of simple communicative contexts in relation
to the topic "Our names"
- read and write about people’s names and ages.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 31,32; audio Tracks 20; website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 19, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: Game: Chain game
(5’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
-Have Ss look at the example. - Ss listen
-Divide the class into groups of four.
-Have the ss stand up. -Ss play game
-Have Student A turn to Student B and
ask the question, then have Student B
answer.
-Next, have Student B turn to Student C
and ask the question, then have Student
C answer.
-Continue until all students have
practiced.
-Have some groups demonstrate the
activity in front of the class.
- T gives feedback.
- Say “Open your book page 19” and - Ss open their books
look at “Unit 2, Lesson 2 (4,5,6)”.

2.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to listen to and

(27’) understand four communicative contexts
Activity 1. in which pupils ask and answer
Listen and questions about ages.
number: *Procedure:
- Elicit the ages of the characters in the -Look at the pictures and
pictures. say:
- Point at the pictures respectively to + Picture a: birthday cake
explain the context. with number 7
+ Picture b: birthday cake
with number 8
+ Picture c: birthday cake
with number 9
 + Picture d: birthday cake
with number 10

- T ask Ss to guess the answers. -Ss guess the answers

+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board.
- Listen to the tape: - Ss listen to the tape and
+ Play the recording write number
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to - Ss listen again, write and
swap books with their partners. swap books with their
+ Play the recording again to check partners.
answers together as a class.
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss - Ss check their answers
to correct their answers. Then checks and guessing
Ss’ guessing.
- Play the recording, sentence by
sentence, for the class to listen and -Ss listen and repeat.
repeat in chorus.
Key: 1. b 2. d 3. c 4. a

Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to complete three

Look, gapped dialogues with the help of
complete and picture cues.
read. *Procedure:
- Get Ss to look at the pictures and -Ss look at the pictures and
identify the ages say:
+ A boy is holding a
birthday cake with number
7 in picture a
+ A girl is holding a
birthday cake with number
- Have Ss look at the four incomplete 8 in picture b
sentences and elicits the missing words +A girl is holding a
in the sentences. birthday cake with number
- T models with sentence 1 9 in picture b
+ Ask Ss what is missing in the -Ss listen and answer
 sentence. -Ss answer: I’m seven years
+ Have Ss look at the picture and old
complete the gap, then read the
completed sentence in chorus. -Ss look, complete and read
-Have Ss work in groups and complete the completed sentence in
the sentence 2, 3. chorus.
- Ask a few Ss to stand up and read the -Ss complete the sentence
completed sentences aloud.
-T gives feedbacks. -Ss read aloud

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to sing the song

Let’s sing. How old are you? with the correct
pronunciation and melody.
*Procedure:
- Introduce the title and lyrics of the -Ss look and listen to the
song: “How old are you?” song. teacher

- Play the recording for Ss to listen to -Ss listen to the song

the whole song.
+ Have them repeat the title and lyrics - Ss listen and repeat line
line by line. by line without the action.
- Play the recording all the way through
for Ss to listen to pronunciation and -Ss listen to melody of the
melody of the song. song
- Play the recording line by line for Ss - Ss listen and sing line by
to listen, repeat line.
- Play the recording for Ss to sing and - Ss sing and do actions.
do actions. - Ss work in groups (two
- Ask Ss to practice singing and doing groups) to sing.
actions in pairs or groups. -Ss perform in front of the
 - Invite groups to the front of the class.
classroom to perform the song -Ss listen
-T gives feedback.

*Consolidation *Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and

wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss listen to the teacher.
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the
lesson today?
+What are the core values of the -Ss answer the questions
lesson? (if the teacher can take from the
lesson).
- T praises some Ss who are -Ss listen and clap their
hardworking / active/ good…. as well as hands
encourage others to try more.

3. Homework. - Ask and answer about the pictures on -Ss listen and take note
(3’) page 19.
- Prepare the new lesson: Unit 2, Lesson
3 (1,2,3).

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

Week 4 Preparing date: September 25th, 2022

Period 15 Teaching date: 29/9(3C),30/9(3B,3D),03/10(3A)

Unit 2: Our names

 Lesson 3 (1, 2, 3)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- correctly pronounce the sounds of the letters m and n in isolation, in the words Mary
and Nam, and in the sentences I’m Mary and My name’s Nam;
- use the words what, your, name, my, how old, years old in relation to the topic “Our
names”;
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 32, 33; audio Tracks 22, 23, 24; website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 20, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: Game: Pass the ball
(5’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- T gives Ss a ball. - Ss listen
- T asks Ss to listen to music and transfer a -Ss listen the rules
ball around the class.
- When the music stops, Ss who keep a - Ss play the game
ball have to answer the question using:
How old are you? and I’m…..years old
- T gives feedback.
- Say “Open your book page 14” and look - Ss open their books
 at “Unit 2, Lesson 3 (1,2,3)”.

2. *Aims: Ss will be able to correctly repeat

Presentation the sounds of the letters m and n in
(9’) isolation, the words Mary and Nam, and
Activity 1. the sentences I’m Mary. and My name’s
Listen and Nam. with correct pronunciation and
repeat: intonation.
*Procedure:
- T gives instruction to the letter m and n, - Ss recognize the
the word Mary and Nam, and the differences about color of
sentences I’m Mary. and My name’s Nam. letter
- Play the recording for the letter m, n - - Ss listen
- Encourage Ss to point at the letter/ word/ - Ss listen and point
sentence while listening.
- Play the recording again and encourage - Ss listen again and repeat
Ss to listen and repeat. - Do this several -Ss listen again and repeat
times until Ss feel confident.
- T calls some Ss to practice. -Ss practice
- T gives feedbacks. -Ss listen

3.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to identify the

(19’) target words Mary and Nam while
Activity 2. listening.
Listen and *Procedure:
circle. - Elicit the sentences and the gap-fill -Ss listen and say:
options. + Number 1: Hi, I’m…..
+ Number 2:Hello, My
- T ask Ss to guess the answers. name’s …..
+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board. -Ss guess the answers
- Listen to the tape: - Ss listen to the tape and
+ Play the recording circle
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to - Ss listen again, circle and
swap books with their partners. swap books with their
+ Play the recording again to check partners.
 answers together as a class.
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss to - Ss check their answers
correct their answers. Then checks Ss’ and guessing
guessing.
- Play the recording, sentence by -Ss listen and repeat.
sentence, for the class to listen and repeat
in chorus.
- Invite one or two Ss to stand up and read -Ss read the sentences
the completed sentences.

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to say the chant

Let’s chant with the correct rhythm and
pronunciation.
*Procedure:
- Introduce the title and lyrics of the chant. - Ss look and listen.

- Play the recording for Ss to listen to the -Ss listen to the chant
whole chant.
+ Have them repeat the title and lyrics line - Ss listen and repeat line
by line. by line without clap their
+ Ask Ss to attend to the sounds of the hands
letters m and n and the words Mary and -Ss note the sounds, word
Nam.
- Play the recording all the way through -Ss listen to melody of the
for Ss to listen to pronunciation and song
melody.
- Play the recording line by line for Ss to - Ss listen and chant line
listen and repeat by line.
- Play the recording for Ss to chant and - Ss chant and clap along.
clap along.
- Ask Ss to practice chant and clap along - Ss work in groups (two
 in pairs or groups. groups) to chant
- Invite groups to the front of the -Ss perform in front of the
classroom to perform the chant class.
-T gives feedback. -Ss listen

*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and

* wrap up the content of the lesson.
Consolidation *Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss listen
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson -Ss answer the questions
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T review the vocabulary and model - Ss listen
sentences.
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking / -Ss listen and clap their
active/ good…. as well as encourage hands
others to try more.

- Practice the chant more. -Ss listen and take note

4. - Draw and colour a paper birthday cake.
Homework. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 2, Lesson 3
(2’) (4,5,6).

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...
Week 4 Preparing date: September 25th, 2022
Period 16 Teaching date: 29/9(3C),30/9(3B,3D),03/10(3A)
 Unit 2: Our names
Lesson 3 (4,5,6)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- use the words what, your, name, my, how old, years old in relation to the topic “Our
names”
- read and write about people’s names and ages.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 33, 34; website sachmem.vn, posters, laptop, pictures,
textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 21, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Cotents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- Game: “Chant”
up: (5’) *Aims: to review the vocabulary and
structure about greet and respond to
greetings.
*Procedure:
- Ask Ss chant and do the actions in Unit - Ss listen and chant
2, Lesson 3 page 20 in groups.
- Give point for the groups and encourage
them.
- Say “Open your book page 21” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 2, Lesson 3 (4,5,6)”.
2.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to read and match
(8’) three dialogues with pictures.
Activity 1. *Procedure:
Read and - Ask Ss some questions: - Ss look at the pictures and
match: + Who are they? answer
+ What are they talking about? + In picture a: Ben and
Mai say to greeting
+ In picture b: Mary and
Linh say to greeting
+ In picture c: Lucy is
holding a birthday cake
with number 8.

- T models with sentence 1.

+ Get Ss to read Sentence 1
+ Have Ss look at the pictures and match -Ss read and match
the dialogue with the correct one.
-Have Ss work in pairs and match the -Ss work in pairs and match
sentences 2, 3.
- Tell Ss to swap books with a partner, -Ss swap books and check
then check answers together as a class.
- Write the correct answers on the board -Ss check the correct their
for pupils to correct their answers. answers
- Invite pairs of Ss to stand up and role -Ss role play
play
-T gives feedbacks. -Ss listen

3. *Aims: Ss will be able to read, understand

Production: and complete an exchange with their
(19’) personal information.
Activity 2. *Procedure:
Let’s write - Have Ss read the dialogue and ask some -Ss look at the dialogue and
questions: say:
+ Who asks the questions? + It’s Minh
+ What are the questions about? + Names and ages.
+ Who has to write the answers? + Themself
- Check their comprehension and remind -Ss listen to the teacher
Ss to write their personal information.
- Give Ss time to write the answers to the -Ss write
questions independently
- Get Ss to swap books with a partner, then -Ss swap books and check
check the answers together as a class. their answers
- Ask a few Ss to stand up and role play -Ss role play
the dialogue in front of the class.
-T gives feedbacks. -Ss listen

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to make birthday

Project. cakes and use them to introduce names
and ages.
*Procedure:
- Ask Ss to make a paper birthday cake as - Ss drew and coloured a
homework at the beginning of Unit 2 - paper bithday cale at home.
Lesson 3 (4,5,6)
- Stick the birthday cake sample on the -Ss listen to the teacher
board and model with the name, age.

- T asks ss to work in groups and show -Ss work in groups

his / her birthday cake and say about his /
her name and age.
- T calls some Ss to the front of the class to -Ss present their birthday
 present their cake, and saying Hello. My cake
name’s….
I’m…….years old.
- Have Ss to stick their birthday cakes on - Ss stick their birthday
the wall of the classroom cakes on the wall of the
- Create a class display of birthday cakes classroom.
and vote for the best decorated one. -Ss vote
- T gives feedback. -Ss listen

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking / -Ss listen and clap their
active/ good…. as well as encourage hands
others to try more.
4.
Homework. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 3, Lesson 1 -Ss listen and take note
(3’) (1,2,3).

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...
Week 5 Preparing date: October 2nd , 2022
Period 17 Teaching date: 04/10(3A,3B),05/10(3C,3D)
 Unit 3: Our friends
Lesson 1 (1, 2, 3)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- use the words this, that, it, yes, no, friend, teacher, Mr (Mr Long), Ms (Ms Hoa) in
relation to the topic “Our friends”
- use This is / That’s ….. to introduce someone.
- Vocabulary: this, that, Mr, Ms.
- Skills: speaking and listening
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 39, 40, 41, audio Tracks 25, 26, website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 22, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: Sing: How old are you?
(3’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- Show the song on the screen. - Ss sing and dance the song
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-
2to7NkYMPk
- Ask pupils to listen, sing and dance the
song.
- Say “Open your book page 22” and - Ss open their books
look at “Unit 3, Lesson 1 (1,2,3)”.
2. *Aims: Ss will be able to know the
Presentation vocabulary in front of starting the new
(16’) lesson.
Activity 1. *Procedure:
Vocabulary. -T elicits the new words -Ss listen and answer
+ this : đây, này
+ that : đó, kia
+ Mr :ông, thầy
+ Ms : bà, cô
- T models (3 times). - - Ss listen and repeat
+ Choral repetition (3
- T writes the words on the board. times).
- Checking: Matching + Individual repetition (3 ss)
- Ss take note
- Ss look, remember and
Activity 2. match
1. Listen, *Aims: Ss will be able to understand
point and and correctly repeat the sentences in
repeat: two communicative contexts (pictures)
focusing on introducing someone.
*Procedure:
- Have Ss look at Pictures a and b and
identify the characters in the pictures. -Look at the pictures and get
to know the characters in the
pictures.
+ In picture a: Mai says:
This is Mary. And Mr Long
says: Hi, Mary.
+ In picture b: Mai says:
That’s Mr Long. And Bill
says: Hello, Mr Long.
 - Play the audio twice (sentence by
sentence). Correct their pronunciation
where necessary.
- Have Ss to practice the dialogue -Ss listen and repeat in
- T invites a few pairs to the front of the chorus (twice)
class to practice.
- T checks pronunciation for ss. -Ss work in pairs to practice
-Ss practice the dialogue
*Aims: Ss will be able to correctly say
the character names and use This is / -Ss listen
Activity 3 That’s …….. to introduce someone.
2. Listen, *Procedure:
point and * Model sentences:
say. - T asks Ss look at picture a, b and helps
Ss know the structure from the dialogue.
- T introduces new structure for Ss.
- T explains, models and gives meaning. -Ss look at the picture and
-Have Ss repeat the model sentences. answer.
-Ss listen
This is Mary. -Ss listen and repeat
That’s Mr Long. -Ss repeat to the introduce
* That’s = that is someone.

*Drill pictures
- Elicit and check comprehension the
3.Practice:
name of each character.
(7’)
- Ss look, listen and answer
+Picture a: Ben, a British
male pupil
- Run through all the pictures. + Picture b: Mai, a
- Run through model sentences. Vietnamese female pupil
- Have Ss to practise: + Picture c: Mr Long, a
+ T says the first picture Vietnamese male teacher
+ Ss says the second picture + Picture d: Ms Hoa, a
 + Group A says the third picture Vietnamese female teacher
+ Group B say the last picture.
- Ask Ss to work in pairs. -Ss listen and repeat
- T controls and corrects.
- Invite a few pairs to come to the front -Ss practice in chorus
of the classroom, point at the relevant
character in each picture, and act out
his/her role. -Ss work in pairs to practice
- Encourage Ss to practise speaking
English. -Ss point and say
- T gives feedbacks.
-Ss listen.

*Aims: Ss will be able to enhance the -Ss listen

correct use of This is / That’s ……... to
4.Production: introduce someone.
(7’) *Procedure:
Activity 4. - T asks ss to guess each character and
Let’s talk. what the children say.
+ What can you see in the picture?
+Who are they? -Ss look at the picture and
+Where are they? answer
+What are they saying? + Minh and Mai meet Bill
and Mary in the school
playground. Minh
introduces Bill to Mai, then
Minh introduces Mary to
- T fills the gaps and writes the Mai. They greet and
sentences on the board. introduce themselves to each
- T models other.
- T asks Ss to greet and introduce -Ss note
someone. (groups of four) - Ss say the completed
- Invite some groups to perform. sentences.
- Give feedbacks -Ss work in groups

*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and -Ss perform in front of the

Consolidation wrap up the content of the lesson. class.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the
lesson today? -Ss answer the questions
+What are the core values of the
lesson? (if the teacher can take from the
lesson).
- T review the vocabulary and model
sentences.
- T praises some Ss who are
hardworking / active/ good…. as well as - Ss listen
encourage others to try more.
-Ss listen and clap their
- Learn the vocabulary and model hands
5. sentences by heart
Homework. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 3, Lesson
(2’) 1 (4,5,6). -Ss listen and take note

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

********************************************
Week 5 Preparing date: October 2nd , 2022
Period 18 Teaching date: 04/10(3A,3B),05/10(3C,3D)
Unit 3: Our friends
Lesson 1 (4,5,6)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- listen to and understand two communicative contexts in which pupils introduce
someone and respond to the introduction.
- read and complete the sentences correctly.
- sing the song “This is Linh” with the correct pronunciation and melody.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 23; audio Tracks 27; website sachmem.vn, posters,
laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 23, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- Game: Sentence Puzzle - Ss listen to the rule
up: (5’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the - Ss play game
lesson.
*Procedure:
- Divide the class into groups of four. -Ss listen
- Give each group a sentence that is
broken/cut into pieces. - Ss open their books
- Ask them to arrange them to make a
complete sentence, then read it aloud.
- The group that makes it first will be the
winner.
- Say “Open your book page 11” and look
at “Unit 3, Lesson 1 (4,5,6)”.
2.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to listen to and
(27’) understand two communicative contexts in
Activity 1. which pupils introduce someone and
Listen and respond to the introduction.
tick: *Procedure:
- Elicit the names of the characters in the -Look at the pictures and
pictures. say:
- Point at the pictures respectively to + Picture 1a: Mai
explain the context. introduces Minh to Bill.
+ Picture 1b: Mai
introduces Nam to Bill.
+ Picture 2a: Linh
introduces Ms Hoa to Ben.
+ Picture 2b: Linh
introduces Mr Long to Ben.
- T ask Ss to guess the answers. -Ss guess the answers
+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board.
- Listen to the tape: - Ss listen to the tape and
+ Play the recording tick
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to - Ss listen again, tick and
swap books with their partners. swap books with their
+ Play the recording again to check partners.
answers together as a class.
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss to - Ss check their answers
correct their answers. Then checks Ss’ and guessing
guessing.
- Play the recording, sentence by sentence, -Ss listen and repeat.
for the class to listen and repeat in chorus.

Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to look, complete

Look, and read four target sentence patterns in
complete two dialogues with the help of picture cues
and read. *Procedure:
- Get Ss to look at the pictures and identify -Ss look at the picture and
the characters say:
 + They’re Ben, Mary, Nam
and Mai, Mr Long and
Lucy.

- Have Ss look at the two incomplete -Ss look and answer

dialogue and elicits the missing words in
the sentences. -Ss answer: This is Nam/
- T models with picture 1 Hi, hello
+ Ask Ss what is missing in the sentence.
+ Have Ss look at the picture and complete -Ss look, complete and read
the gap, then read the completed sentence the completed sentence in
in chorus. chorus.
-Have Ss work in groups and complete the -Ss complete the sentence
picture 2.
- Ask a few Ss to stand up and read the -Ss read aloud
completed sentences aloud.
-T gives feedbacks.

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to sing the song

Let’s sing. This is Linh with the correct pronunciation
and melody.
*Procedure:
- Introduce the title and lyrics of the song: - Ss look and listen.
“This is Linh” song.

- Play the recording for Ss to listen to the -Ss listen to the song
whole song.
+ Have them repeat the title and lyrics line - Ss listen and repeat line
by line. by line without the action.
+ Tell Ss to point at the relevant character -Ss point to the character
 while singing his or her name. while singing
- Play the recording all the way through -Ss listen to melody of the
for Ss to listen to pronunciation and song
melody of the song.
- Play the recording line by line for Ss to - Ss listen and sing line by
listen, repeat and point at the relevant line.
character.
- Play the recording for Ss to sing and do - Ss sing and do actions.
actions.
- Ask Ss to practice singing and doing + Ss work in groups (two
actions in pairs or groups. groups) to sing.
- Invite groups to the front of the -Ss perform in front of the
classroom to perform the song class.
-T gives feedback. -Ss listen

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking / -Ss listen and clap their
active/ good…. as well as encourage hands
others to try more.

3. - Practice part 5 again. -Ss listen and take note

Homework. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 3, Lesson 2
(3’) (1,2,3).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

********************************************
Week 5 Preparing date: October 2nd , 2022
Period 19 Teaching date: 06/10(3C),07/10(3B,3D),10/10(3A)

Unit 3: Our friends

Lesson 2 (1, 2, 3)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
-use the words this, that, it, yes, no, friend, teacher, Mr (Mr Long), Ms (Ms Hoa) in
relation to the topic “Our friends”;
-use Is this / that ? – Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t. It’s….. to ask and answer questions about
someone;
-ask and answer questions about someone in contexts.
- Vocabulary: yes, no, teacher friend
- Skills: speaking and listening
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 43, 44; audio Tracks 29,30, website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 24, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:

Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

1.Warm- up: Game: Roll the dice - Ss listen
(3’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning - Ss play the game
the lesson.
*Procedure:
- Divide the class into 2 teams. - Ss open their books
- Each team choose a character on the
slide (Nam or Mary) for their team.
- The 2 teams take turns to choose
letters to go to the questions. For each
correct answer, pupils can roll the dice
and click the coloured stones to move
their characters.
- The team who finishes first will be
-Ss listen and answer
the winner.
- Say “Open your book page 24” and
look at “Unit 3, Lesson 2 (1,2,3)”.
2.
Presentation *Aims: Ss will be able to know the
(16’) vocabulary in front of starting the new
Activity 1. lesson.
Vocabulary. *Procedure:
-T elicits the new words - - Ss listen and repeat
+ friend : bạn bè + Choral repetition (3 times).
+ teacher : giáo viên + Individual repetition (3 ss)
+ yes : vâng, có
+ no : không
- T models (3 times).
- T writes the words on the board. - Ss take note
- Checking: What and where - Ss look, remember and slap

Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to understand

Listen, point and correctly repeat the sentences in
and repeat: two communicative contexts (pictures)
focusing on asking and answering
 questions about someone.
*Procedure:
- Have Ss look at Pictures a and b and -Look at the pictures and get
identify the characters in the pictures. to know the characters in the
pictures.
+ In picture a: Mai asks: Is
this Bill? And Nam answers
Yes, it is.
– In picture b: Mary asks Is
that Nam? And Mai answers:
No, it isn’t. It’s Minh
- Play the audio twice (sentence by -Ss listen and repeat in chorus
sentence). Correct their pronunciation (twice)
where necessary.
- Have Ss to practice the diaguage -Ss work in pairs to practice
- T invites a few pairs to the front of -Ss practice the diaguage
the class to practice.
- T checks pronunciation for ss. -Ss listen
Activity 3.
*Aims: Ss will be able to correctly say
Listen, point
the words and use Is this / that ……?
and say.
and Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t. It’s…….. to
ask and answer questions about the
characters.
*Procedure:
* Model sentences:
- T asks Ss look at picture a, b and -Ss look at the picture and
helps Ss know the structure from the answer.
dialogue.
- T introduces new structure for Ss. -Ss listen
- T explains, models and gives -Ss listen and repeat
meaning.
- HaveA:Ss
Is repeat the model sentences.
this Bill? -Ss repeat to the introduce
B: Yes, it is someone
A: Is that’s Nam?
B: No, it isn’t. It’s Minh.
 * It’s = it is
3.Practice: (7’)
*Drill pictures -Ss listen and answer
- Elicit and check comprehension the
name of each character.

- Ss look, listen and repeat

- Run through all the pictures.
- Run through model sentences.
+ Run through the questions
+ Run through the answers
- Have Ss to practise: - Ss practice in chorus
+ T asks Ss answer (change role).
+ Ss – Ss (change role). -Ss work in pairs to practice
- Ask Ss to work in pairs. -Ss listen
- T controls and corrects. -Ss point and say
- Invite a few pairs to come to the front
of the classroom, point at the relevant
character in each picture, and act out
his/her role. -Ss go to the board and rold
- Invite Ss to go to the board and role play.
play. Encourage Ss to practise
speaking English. -Ss listen
- T gives feedbacks.

4.Production: *Aims: Ss will be able to enhance the

(7’) correct use of Is this/ that…….? and
 Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t. It’s………. to
Activity 4. ask and answer questions about
Let’s talk. someone
*Procedure: -Ss look at the picture and
- T asks ss to guess each character and answer
what the children say. + A picture of Bill and Mai in
+ What can you see in the picture? the park. Bill asks Mai about
+Who are they? Linh and Nam.
+Where are they?
+What are they saying? -Ss note
- T fills the gaps and writes the
sentences on the board. - Ss say the completed
- T models sentences.
-Ss work in groups
- T asks Ss use of Is this/ that…….? to
ask , and answer (groups of four) -Ss perform in front of the
- Invite some groups to perform. class.
- Give feedbacks

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure: -Ss answer the questions
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the
lesson today?
+What are the core values of the
lesson? (if the teacher can take from
the lesson). - Ss listen
- T review the vocabulary and model
sentences. -Ss listen and clap their hands
- T praises some Ss who are
hardworking / active/ good…. as well
as encourage others to try more.
 -Ss listen and take note
5. - Learn the vocabulary and model
Homework. sentences by heart
(2’) - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 3,
Lesson 2 (4,5,6).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

********************************************
Week 5 Preparing date: October 2nd , 2022
Period 20 Teaching date: 06/10(3C),07/10(3B,3D),10/10(3A)

Unit 3: Our friends

Lesson 2 (4, 5, 6)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- listen to and understand communicative in contexts.
- look, complete and read the dialogues with the help of picture cues
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- Sing a song: Hello
up: (5’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- Show the song on the screen. - Sing and dance the song in
- Ask pupils to listen, sing and dance the chorus.
song.
- Say “Open your book page 13” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 3, Lesson 2 (4,5,6)”.

2.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to listen to and

(27’) understand four communicative contexts
Activity 1. in which pupils ask and answer questions
Listen and about someone.
number: *Procedure:
- Elicit the names of the characters in the -Look at the pictures and say:
pictures. + Picture a: Bill
- Point at the pictures respectively to + Picture b: Mary
explain the context. + Picture c: Ben
+ Picture d: Lucy

- T ask Ss to guess the answers. -Ss guess the answers

+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board.
- Listen to the tape:
+ Play the recording - Ss listen to the tape and
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to write number
swap books with their partners. - Ss listen again, write
+ Play the recording again to check number and swap books with
answers together as a class. their partners.
 + Write the answers on the board for Ss
to correct their answers. Then checks Ss’ - Ss check their answers and
guessing. guessing
- Play the recording, sentence by
sentence, for the class to listen and repeat -Ss listen and repeat.
in chorus.

Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to look, complete

Look, and read four target sentence patterns in
complete four dialogues with the help of picture
and read cues.
*Procedure:
- Elicit the context and check -Ss look and answer
comprehension

- Have Ss look at the four incomplete -Ss answer: Is this Ben?

dialogue and elicits the missing words in
the sentences.
- T models with picture 1 -Ss look, complete and read
+ Ask Ss what is missing in the sentence. the completed sentence in
+ Have Ss look at the picture and chorus.
complete the gap, then read the
completed sentence in chorus.
-Have Ss work in groups and complete -Ss complete the sentence
the picture 2, 3 and 4.
- Ask a few Ss to stand up and read the -Ss read aloud
completed sentences aloud.
-T gives feedbacks.
*Aims: Ss will be able to recognise target
Activity 3.
words while looking at pictures of the
Let’s play. characters and circle six names in a letter
table and use them to ask and answer
questions.
*Procedure:
- Tell pupils to work in pairs.
- Ss listen

- Model the activity by identifying the

-Ss play game
picture of Mary first, draw Ss' attention to
the word Mary in the table.
- Point to the picture of Mary and ask: “Is
this Mary?” Ask a ss to answer the
question: “Yes, it is.”
- Have pupils play the game. Explain that
after identifying six characters in the
pictures and circling
- Give Ss time to play the game.
- Invite a few pairs to perform the game
in front of the class.
- Give feedbacks

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
 wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson? - Ss listen
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T praises some Ss who are -Ss listen and clap their
hardworking / active/ good…. as well as hands
encourage others to try more.

3. - Practice part 5 again. -Ss listen

Homework. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 3, Lesson 3
(3’) (1,2,3).

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

***********************************
Week 6 Preparing date: October 9th , 2022
Period 21 Teaching date: 12/10(3C,3D),14/10(3B),17/10(3A)

Unit 3: Our friends

Lesson 3 (1, 2, 3)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- correctly pronounce the sounds of the letters th (voiced) and th (unvoiced) in
isolation, in the words this and that, and in the sentences That’s Lucy and Thank you.
- identify the target words that and thank, and the sentences Thank you, Bill and That’s
Lucy while listening.
- say the chant with the correct rhythm and pronunciation.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Listening: listen and recognize someone, then repeat
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 47, 48; audio Tracks 32, 33, 34; website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 26, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Content Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- Game: Find and circle the words
up: (5’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
T H A T E R S C B T
H C T H N O H C I H
C L U A A L A O L I
L E L N N U T S L N
A A W K E C O E O K
S N J Z R Y I I P B
S R O E E T V C A H
S T H I S R S D A Y
D T S S R I O T S M

- Divide class into 2 groups - Ss listen

- Ask Ss to find and circle the words and -Ss listen the rules
 characters that they learnt.
- Which groups find the best correct words - Ss play the game
is winner.
- Give Ss time to play the game.
Rows: that, this
Columns: thank, Lucy, Bill
-T checks who’s winner? - Ss open their books
- Say “Open your book page 26” and look
at “Unit 3, Lesson 3 (1,2,3)”.

2. *Aims: Ss will be able to correctly repeat

Presentation the sounds of the letters th (voiced) and th
(9’) (unvoiced) in isolation, the words that and
Activity 1. thank, and the sentences That’s Lucy. and
Listen and Thank you. with correct pronunciation and
repeat: intonation.
*Procedure:
- T gives instruction to the letter th - Ss recognize the
(voiced) and th (unvoiced) in isolation, the differences about color of
words that and thank, and the sentences letter
That’s Lucy. and Thank you.
- Play the recording for the letter th- - Ss listen
(voiced) and th (unvoiced)
- Encourage Ss to point at the letter/ word/ - Ss listen and point
sentence while listening.
- Play the recording again and encourage - Ss listen again and repeat
Ss to listen and repeat.
- Do this several times until Ss feel -Ss listen again and repeat
confident. -Ss practice
- T calls some Ss to practice. -Ss listen
- T gives feedbacks.

3.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to identify the

(19’) target words that and thank while
Activity 2. listening.
Listen and *Procedure:
tick. - Elicit the sentences and check -Ss listen and say
comprehension about three sentence
options
- T ask Ss to guess the answers. -Ss guess the answers
+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board.
- Listen to the tape: - Ss listen to the tape and
+ Play the recording tick
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to - Ss listen again, tick and
swap books with their partners. swap books with their
+ Play the recording again to check partners.
answers together as a class.
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss to - Ss check their answers
correct their answers. Then checks Ss’ and guessing
guessing.
- Play the recording, sentence by sentence, -Ss listen and repeat.
for the class to listen and repeat in chorus.
- Invite one or two Ss to stand up and read -Ss read the sentences
the sentences.
Key: 1.b 2.a

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to say the chant

Let’s chant with the correct rhythm and
pronunciation.
*Procedure:
- Introduce the title and lyrics of the chant. - Ss look and listen.

- Play the recording for Ss to listen to the -Ss listen to the chant
 whole chant.
+ Have them repeat the title and lyrics line - Ss listen and repeat line
by line. by line without clap their
+ Ask Ss to attend to the sounds of the hands
letters th and the words that and thank. -Ss note the sounds, words
- Play the recording all the way through
for Ss to listen to pronunciation and -Ss listen to melody of the
melody. song
- Play the recording line by line for Ss to
listen and repeat - Ss listen and chant line by
- Play the recording for Ss to chant and line.
clap along. - Ss chant and clap along.
- Ask Ss to practice chant and clap along
in pairs or groups. - Ss work in groups (two
- Invite groups to the front of the groups) to chant
classroom to perform the chant -Ss perform in front of the
-T gives feedback. class.
-Ss listen
*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T review the vocabulary and model - Ss listen
sentences.
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking / -Ss listen and clap their
active/ good…. as well as encourage hands
others to try more.
4.
Homework. - Practice the chant more.
(2’) - Draw and colour three pictures of your
friends. -Ss listen and take note
- Prepare the new lesson: Unit 3, Lesson 3
(4,5,6).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

***********************************
Week 6 Preparing date: October 9th , 2022
Period 22 Teaching date: 12/10(3C,3D),14/10(3B),17/10(3A)

Unit 3: Our friends

Lesson 3 (4, 5, 6)

A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- read and match four target sentence patterns with four pictures
- read, understand and complete three sentences by writing the target words in the gaps.
- draw three pictures of their friends and introduce them to the class.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 49, 50, website sachmem.vn, posters, laptop, pictures,
textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 27, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: Game: “Chant”
(5’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- Ask Ss chant and do the actions in Unit - Ss listen and chant
3, Lesson 3 page 26 in groups.
- Give point for the groups and encourage
them.
- Say “Open your book page 27” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 3, Lesson 3 (4,5,6)”.

2.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to read and match

(8’) four target sentence patterns with four
Activity 1. pictures.
Read and *Procedure:
match: - Ask Ss some questions:
+ Who are they? - Ss look at the pictures
and answer
My name's Nam

- T models with sentence 1. -Ss read and match

+ Get Ss to read Sentence 1
+ Have Ss look at the pictures and match
the sentences with the correct picture.
-Have Ss work in pairs and match the -Ss work in pairs and
 sentences 2, 3, 4. match
- Tell Ss to swap books with a partner,
then check answers together as a class. -Ss swap books and check
- Write the correct answers on the board
for pupils to correct their answers. -Ss check the correct their
- Invite pairs of Ss to stand up and role answers
play
-T gives feedbacks. -Ss role play
-Ss listen
3.Production: *Aims: Ss will be able to read, understand
(19’) and complete three sentences by writing
Activity 2. the target words in the gaps.
Let’s write *Procedure:
- Write the first incomplete sentence on -Ss look at the sentence
the board and encourage Ss to say the and say the answer:
answer. +This is my friend, Mai.
1.This …….. my friend, Mai.
- Give Ss time to write the answer in their -Ss write the answer
notebooks.
- Ask Ss to write the answers to the -Ss write
sentences 2 and 3.
- Get Ss to swap books with a partner, -Ss swap books and check
then check the answers together as a class. their answer
- Ask a few Ss to stand up and read the -Ss read the sentences
sentences in front of the class.
-T gives feedbacks. -Ss listen

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to draw three

Project. pictures of their friends and use them to
practise talking to their classmates.
*Procedure:
- Ask Ss to draw three pictures of their - Ss drew and coloured
friends as homework at the beginning of draw three pictures of
Unit 3 -Lesson 3 (4,5,6) their friends at home.
- Show the pictures of his/ her friends and -Ss listen to the teacher
 model with This is my friend, Hoa.
- T asks ss to work in groups and show the -Ss work in groups
pictures of their friends to talk to the
groups such as This is my friend, (name).
- T calls some Ss to the front of the class -Ss present their pictures
to present their friends, and saying Hello.
My name’s….
I’m…….years old. This is my friends,…… - Ss stick their pictures on
- Have Ss to stick their pictures on the the wall of the classroom.
wall of the classroom
- Create a class display using the pictures -Ss vote
and vote for the most creative. -Ss listen
- T gives feedback.

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure: -Ss answer the questions
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson? -Ss listen and clap their
(if the teacher can take from the lesson). hands
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking /
active/ good…. as well as encourage
others to try more.
4.
Homework. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 4, Lesson 1 -Ss listen and take note
(3’) (1,2,3).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...
Week 6 Preparing date: October 9th , 2022
Period 23 Teaching date: 13/10(3C),14/10(3D),18/10(3A,3B)

Unit 4: Our bodies

Lesson 1 (1, 2, 3)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- use the words ear, eye, face, hand, nose in relation to the topic “Our bodies”
- understand and correctly repeat the sentences in two communicative contexts
(pictures) to talk about their body parts.
- use What’s this? – It’s…………. to identify parts of the body.
- Vocabulary: face, hand, ear, eye, nose
- Skills: speaking and listening
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 51, 52, audio Tracks 35, 36, website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 28, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: Sing: My body song
(3’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- Show the song on the screen. - Ss sing and dance the song
 - Ask pupils to listen, sing and dance the
song.
- Say “Open your book page 28” and - Ss open their books
look at “Unit 4, Lesson 1 (1,2,3)”.

2. *Aims: Ss will be able to know the

Presentation vocabulary in front of starting the new
(16’) lesson.
Activity 1. *Procedure:
Vocabulary.
-T elicits the new words
+ face : khuôn mặt (realia)
-Ss listen and answer
+ eye :con mắt (realia)
+ ear :tai (realia) - - Ss listen and repeat
+ nose : mũi (realia) + Choral repetition (3
+ hand :bàn tay (realia) times).
- T models (3 times). + Individual repetition (3 ss)
- T writes the words on the board.
- Checking: Rub out and remember - Ss take note
- Ss look, remember and
match
Activity 2. 1. Listen, point and
repeat:
*Aims: Ss will be able to understand
and correctly repeat the sentences in
two communicative contexts (pictures)
focusing on identifying parts of the
body.
*Procedure:
- Have Ss look at Pictures a and b and
identify the characters in the pictures.
-Look at the pictures and get
to know the characters in the
pictures.
+ In picture a: Bill says:
Let’s play a game! And Mai
 says: OK
+ In picture b: Bill asks:
What’s this. And Mai
answers: It’s a nose.

-Ss listen and repeat in

chorus (twice)
- Play the audio twice (sentence by
sentence). Correct their pronunciation -Ss work in pairs to practice
where necessary. -Ss practice the dialogue
- Have Ss to practice the dialogue
- T invites a few pairs to the front of the -Ss listen
Activity 3 2. class to practice.
Listen, point - T checks pronunciation for ss.
and say.
*Aims: Ss will be able to correctly say
the words and use What’s this? – It’s
…….. to identify parts of the body.
*Procedure: -Ss look at the picture and
* Model sentences: answer.
- T asks Ss look at picture b and helps
Ss know the structure from the dialogue. -Ss listen
- T introduces new structure for Ss. -Ss listen and repeat
- T explains, models and gives meaning.
-Have Ss repeat the model sentences. -Ss repeat to parts of the
3.Practice: body.
(7’) A: What’s this?
B: It’s a nose.
- Ss look, listen and answer
*Drill pictures
- Elicit and check comprehension the +Picture a: a face
parts of the body. + Picture b: a hand
 + Picture c: an ear
+ Picture d: an eye

-Ss listen and repeat

- Run through all the pictures. -Ss practice in chorus

- Run through model sentences.
- Have Ss to practise:
+ T asks the first picture, Ss answer
+ Ss asks the second picture, T answers
+ Group A asks the third picture, group -Ss work in pairs to practice
B answers
+ Group B asks the last picture, group A -Ss point and say
answers.
- Ask Ss to work in pairs. -Ss listen.
- T controls and corrects.
- Invite a few pairs to come to the front
of the classroom, point at the pictures,
4.Production: and say the questions and answers in
(7’) front of the class.
Activity 4. - T gives feedbacks.
Let’s talk.
*Aims: Ss will be able to enhance the
correct use of What’s this? and It’s
……. to identify parts of the body in -Ss look at the bubbles and
context. picture and answer
*Procedure: + It’s ………..
- Have Ss look at the two bubbles and
picture to understand how the question
and answer are used.
+What’s this? It’s ……..
 -Ss note

- Ss answer
-Ss work in groups

-Ss perform in front of the

class.
- T fills the gaps and writes the
sentences on the board.
- T models
- T asks Ss to ask and answer the parts
of body (groups of four)
- Have Ss point at their body parts and
ask and answer questions about them
using the structures learnt. -Ss answer the questions
- Give feedbacks

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following - Ss listen
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the -Ss listen and clap their
lesson today? hands
+What are the core values of the
lesson? (if the teacher can take from the
5. lesson). -Ss listen and take note
Homework. - T review the vocabulary and model
(2’) sentences.
- T praises some Ss who are
hardworking / active/ good…. as well as
encourage others to try more.

- Learn the vocabulary and model

 sentences by heart
- Prepare the new lesson: Unit 4, Lesson
1 (4,5,6).

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...
Week 6 Preparing date: October 9th , 2022
Period 24 Teaching date: 13/10(3C),14/10(3D),18/10(3A,3B)

Unit 4: Our bodies

Lesson 1 (4, 5, 6)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- listen to and understand two communicative contexts in which Ss ask and answer the
question to identify parts of the body
- read and complete the sentences correctly.
- sing the song “Parts of the body” with the correct pronunciation and melody.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 53, 54; audio Tracks 37, 38; website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 29, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: Game: Who is faster?
(5’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- Divide the class into 2 big groups: Boys - Ss listen to the rule
and Girls.
- Have two Ss stand back to back. Give - Ss play game
them each a different flashcard to hold
facing out and away from them.
- When teacher says Go, they walk three
steps, turn to face each other and say
what the other Ss has.
- The faster one will get a point. -Ss listen
- Say “Open your book page 29” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 4, Lesson 1 (4,5,6)”.

*Aims: Ss will be able to listen to and

2.Practice:
understand two communicative contexts
(27’)
in which pupils ask and answer questions
Activity 1.
to identify parts of the body
Listen and
*Procedure:
tick:
- Elicit the names of the body part in each -Look at the pictures and
picture. say:
+ Picture 1a: a hand
+ Picture 1b: an eye
+ Picture 2a: an ear
+ Picture 2b: a nose

- T ask Ss to guess the answers. -Ss guess the answers

 + T writes Ss’guessing on the board.
- Listen to the tape: - Ss listen to the tape and
+ Play the recording tick
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to - Ss listen again, tick and
swap books with their partners. swap books with their
+ Play the recording again to check partners.
answers together as a class.
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss - Ss check their answers
to correct their answers. Then checks Ss’ and guessing
guessing.
- Play the recording, sentence by -Ss listen and repeat.
sentence, for the class to listen and repeat
in chorus.

*Aims: Ss will be able to complete four

Activity 2. target sentence patterns with the help of
Look, the picture cues.
complete *Procedure:
and read. - Get Ss to look at the pictures and -Ss look at the picture and
identify the body parts in the pictures. say:
+ an ear, an eye, a nose
and a hand.

- Have Ss look at the four incomplete -Ss look and answer

dialogues and elicits the missing words in
the sentences.
- T models with picture 1 -Ss answer: It’s an ear….
+ Ask Ss what is missing in the sentence.
+ Have Ss look at the picture and -Ss look, complete and read
complete the gap, then read the the completed sentence in
completed sentence in chorus. chorus.
 -Have Ss work in groups and complete -Ss complete the sentences
the picture 2, 3 and 4.
- Ask a few Ss to stand up and read the -Ss read aloud
completed sentences aloud.
-T gives feedbacks.

*Aims: Ss will be able to sing the song

Activity 3. Parts of the body with the correct
Let’s sing pronunciation and melody.
*Procedure:
- Introduce the title and lyrics of the - Ss look and listen.
song: “ Parts of the body ”

- Play the recording for Ss to listen to the -Ss listen to the song
whole song.
+ Have them repeat the title and lyrics - Ss listen and repeat line
line by line. by line without the action.
+ Tell Ss to point at the parts of their -Ss point to the parts of
body while singing his or her name. their body while singing
- Play the recording all the way through -Ss listen to melody of the
for Ss to listen to pronunciation and song
melody of the song.
- Play the recording line by line for Ss to - Ss listen and sing line by
listen, repeat and point to the part of their line.
body
- Play the recording for Ss to sing and do - Ss sing and do actions.
actions.
- Ask Ss to practice singing and doing + Ss work in groups (two
actions in pairs or groups. groups) to sing.
- Invite groups to the front of the -Ss perform in front of the
 classroom to perform the song class.
-T gives feedback. -Ss listen

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T praises some Ss who are -Ss listen and clap their
hardworking / active/ good…. as well as hands
encourage others to try more.

- Practice part 5 again. -Ss listen and take note

3. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 4, Lesson
Homework. 2 (1,2,3).
(3’)
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

***********************************
Week 7 Preparing date: October 16th , 2022
Period 25 Teaching date: 19/10(3C,3D),21/10(3B), 24/10(3A)

Unit 4: Our bodies

Lesson 2 (1, 2, 3)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- use Open your ………! and Touch your …........! to give instructions
- listen to and demonstrate understanding of simple communicative contexts in relation
to the topic “Our bodies”.
- Vocabulary: touch, open, mouth, hair
- Skills: speaking and listening
2. Competences:
- Oral Communication: speak about names, ask and answer the questions
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
- Diligence: complete learning tasks
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 55, 56, audio Tracks 39,40, website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 30, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: Game: Review
(3’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- T says to Ss answer the parts of the body -Ss answer
+We use ... for listening (pretend to listen + an ear
to music)
+ We use ... for looking (pretend to wear + an eye
glasses)
+ We use ... for smelling (pretend to smell + a nose
something good)
+ We put makeup on a ... (pretend to put + a face
on makeup)
 + We hold something with ... (pretend to + a hand
hold heavy thing)
- Say “Open your book page 30” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 4, Lesson 2 (1,2,3)”.

2. *Aims: Ss will be able to know the

Presentation vocabulary in front of starting the new
(16’) lesson.
Activity 1. *Procedure:
Vocabulary. -T elicits the new words -Ss listen and answer
- - Ss listen and repeat
+ touch : chạm (situation)
+ Choral repetition (3
+ open : mở / há (realia)
times).
+mouth :miệng (realia) + Individual repetition (3
+ hair : tóc (realia) ss)
- T models (3 times). - Ss take note
- T writes the words on the board. - Ss look, remember and
- Checking: Rub out and remember write

Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to understand and

Listen, point correctly repeat the sentences in two
and repeat: communicative contexts (pictures)
focusing on giving instructions.
*Procedure: -Look at the pictures and
- Have pupils look at Pictures a and b and get to know the characters
identify the characters in the pictures. in the pictures.
+ In picture a: Ms Hoa
says: Touch your nose!
+ In pucture b: The
doctor says: Open your
mouth!
 -Ss listen and repeat in
chorus (twice)

-Ss work in pairs to

practice
- Play the audio twice (sentence by -Ss practice the dialogue
sentence). Correct their pronunciation -Ss listen
where necessary.
Activity 3 - Have Ss to practice the dialogue
Listen, point - T invites a few pairs to the front of the
and say. class to practice.
- T checks pronunciation for ss.

*Aims: Ss will be able to correctly say the -Ss look at the picture and
words and use Touch your ……..! and answer.
Open your ……….! to give instructions. -Ss listen
*Procedure: -Ss listen and repeat
* Model sentences:
- T asks Ss look at picture a, b and helps -Ss repeat to the actions
Ss know the structure from the dialogue. and the body parts.
- T introduces new structure for Ss.
3.Practice: - T explains, models and gives meaning.
(7’) -Have Ss repeat the model sentences.

- Touch your nose! -Ss look at the picture and

- Open your mouth! answer
+ In picture a: a girl
touching her hair
*Drill pictures + In picture b: a boy
- Elicit and check comprehension the touching his ears
actions and the body parts. + In picture c: a boy
opening his mouth
+ In picture d: a boy
opening his eyes
- Ss look, listen and repeat
-Ss practice in chorus
 -Ss work in pairs to
practice
- Run through all the pictures.
- Run through model sentences.
- Have Ss to practise: -Ss point and say
+ T says the first picture
+ Ss say the second picture
+ Group A say the third picture -Ss listen.
+ Group B say the last picture.
- Ask Ss to work in pairs to point and say -Ss listen
the strucure Touch your….! Open
your…….!
4.Production: - T controls and corrects.
(7’) - Invite a few pairs to point at the pictures
Activity 4. and giving the instructions in front of the
Let’s talk. class. -Ss look at the picture and
- Encourage Ss to practise speaking listen
English. + A boy asks a girl to
- T gives feedbacks. touch her hair
+A doctor asks a boy to
*Aims: Ss will be able to enhance the open his mouth.
correct use of Touch your …..! and Open -Ss look and answer
your …..! to give instructions + hair
*Procedure: -Ss say
- Have Ss look at the picture and answer
the questions: - Ss answer
+Who are they? -Ss work in pairs
+ What are they doing?
- T asks Ss look at the first speech bubble
and say Touch your……! -Ss perform in front of the
 - Get Ss to repeat and give instructions class.
several times in pairs.
- T models: Go around the classroom,
pointing to the parts of body and says
Touch your…..!
- Ask Ss work in pairs to give more
instructions using the words that they have
learnt (ex: nose, face, ear, …..). -Ss answer the questions
- Invite some pairs to perform in front of
the class.
- Give feedbacks

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and - Ss listen
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure: -Ss listen and clap their
- T asks ss to answer the following hands
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today? -Ss listen and take note
5. +What are the core values of the lesson?
Homework. (if the teacher can take from the lesson).
(2’) - T review the vocabulary and model
sentences.
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking /
active/ good…. as well as encourage
others to try more.

- Learn the vocabulary and model

sentences by heart
- Prepare the new lesson: Unit 4, Lesson 2
(4,5,6).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

***********************************
Week 7 Preparing date: October 16th , 2022
Period 26 Teaching date: 19/10(3C,3D),21/10(3B), 24/10(3A)

Unit 4: Our bodies

Lesson 2 (4, 5, 6)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- listen to and demonstrate understanding of simple communicative contexts in relation
to the topic “Our bodies”
- read and match the sentence halves to make complete instructions and read them
aloud.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 56, 57, 58; audio Tracks 41; website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 31, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- Game: Simon says
up: (5’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
 atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- T is the “Simon” and calls out the
actions. Every student must follow and do - Ss listen
the action, but only when they hear “Simon
says ...”. -Ss play game
- If teacher leaves out “Simon says” before
giving instruction, anyone who does the
action is out.
- Then, teacher can choose one or more
students as the leader to continue a game.
- Say “Open your book page 31” and look
at “Unit 4, Lesson 2 (4,5,6)”. - Ss open their books

2.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to listen to and

(27’) understand four communicative contexts in
Activity 1. which instructions are given.
Listen and *Procedure:
number: - Elicit the actions of the characters in the
pictures. -Look at the pictures and
- Point at the pictures respectively to say:
explain the context. + Picture a: a boy
touching his nose
+ Picture b: a girl opening
her mouth
+ Picture c: a boy opening
his eyes
+ Picture d: a girl
touching her hair

- T ask Ss to guess the answers.

+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board. -Ss guess the answers
- Listen to the tape:
+ Play the recording - Ss listen to the tape and
 + Play the recording again and get Ss to write number
swap books with their partners.
+ Play the recording again to check - Ss listen again, write and
answers together as a class. swap books with their
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss to partners.
correct their answers. Then checks Ss’
guessing. - Ss check their answers
- Play the recording, sentence by sentence, and guessing
for the class to listen and repeat in chorus.

Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to correctly match -Ss listen and repeat.
Look, the sentence halves to make complete
match and instructions and read them aloud.
read. *Procedure:
- Get Ss to look at the pictures and identify
the actions of the characters. -Ss look at the pictures and
- Have Ss look at the first picture and say
incomplete sentence.
- T models with sentence 1
+ Ask Ss to read and match. When Ss
answer correctly (Touch your face!) -Ss listen and answer
+ Tell them to draw a line to match the two
sentence halves -Ss read and match
-Have Ss work in groups and match the
sentence 2, 3 and 4. -Ss complete the sentence
- Ask a few Ss to stand up and read the
matched instructions aloud. -Ss read aloud
-T gives feedbacks.

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to practise using

Let’s play. target sentence patterns by playing the
game Touch your hair!
*Procedure:
- Elicit the language that Ss need to give
instructions (Touch your ……! and Open -Ss listen
your……..!). When Ss answer correctly,
write the language on the board.
- Have Ss look at the picture. Get them to
say how to play the game. Explain the -Ss look at the picture and
rules of the game again: play the game
+ A boy / girl standing in the centre gives
an instruction and other Ss have to follow
it.
+ If a pupil does not follow the instruction,
he or she will be "out".
+ Check Ss’ understanding by getting one
Ss to repeat what they have to do.
- Have the whole class play the game. Ask
one or two Ss to be the observer(s) of the -Ss play the game
game. Give out the instructions and
monitor Ss while they play the game. Ss
who cannot follow the rules of the game
will be “out” and become the observers.
- Divide the class into four teams. Each
team plays the game. Ss are eliminated if -Ss listen to the teacher.
they do not perform the correct actions.
Give stars/ points to the winner.

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions: -Ss answer the questions
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson). -Ss listen and clap their
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking / hands
active/ good…. as well as encourage
3. others to try more.
Homework.
(3’) - Practice about the pictures on page 31.
- Prepare the new lesson: Unit 4, Lesson 3 -Ss listen and take note
(1,2,3).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

***********************************
Week 7 Preparing date: October 16th , 2022
Period 27 Teaching date: 20/10(3C),21/10(3D), 25/10(3A,3B))

Unit 4: Our bodies

Lesson 3 (1, 2, 3)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- correctly pronounce the sounds of the letters air and ear in isolation, in the words hair
and ears, and in the sentences Touch your hair! and Touch your ears!
- listen and circle the correct words.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 58, 59; audio Tracks 42, 43; website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 32, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: Game: I want to see ...
(5’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- Divide the class into 10 groups (4 Ss/ - Ss listen
group). -Ss must show only 4
- T calls out “I want to see ... 4 hands!” hands (other hands can
be hidden behind their
- T calls out “I want to see ... 6 eyes!” backs).
- Ss show only 6 eyes
- T calls out “I want to see ... 1 mouth!” (other eyes can be
closed).
- Ss show only 1 opened
- T calls out “I want to see ... 3 faces!” mouth (other mouths
can be covered).
- Ss show only 3 faces
- T calls out “I want to see ... 2 noses!” (other mouth can be
covered by hand).
- Ss show only 2 noses
- Say “Open your book page 32” and look (other noses can be
2. at “Unit 4, Lesson 3 (1,2,3)”. covered by hand).
Presentation(9’) - Ss open their books
Activity 1. *Aims: Ss will be able to correctly
Listen and pronounce the sounds of the letters air
repeat and ear in isolation, in the words hair
and ears, and in the sentences Touch your
hair! and Touch your ears! with correct
pronunciation and intonation.
*Procedure:
- T gives instruction to the letter air and - Ss recognize the
ear, hair and ears, and in the sentences differences about color
 Touch your hair! and Touch your ears! of letter
- Play the recording for the letter air, ear. - - Ss listen
- Encourage Ss to point at the letter/ - Ss listen and point
word/ sentence while listening.
- Play the recording again and encourage - Ss listen again and
Ss to listen and repeat. repeat
- Do this several times until Ss feel -Ss listen again and
confident. repeat
- T calls some Ss to practice. -Ss practice
- T gives feedbacks. -Ss listen

3.Practice: (19’) *Aims: Ss will be able to identify the

Activity 2. target words hair and ears while
Listen and listening.
circle. *Procedure:
- Elicit the sentences and the gap-fill -Ss listen and say:
options. + Number 1: Touch
your….!
- T ask Ss to guess the answers. + Number 2: Touch
+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board. your…..!
- Listen to the tape: -Ss guess the answers
+ Play the recording
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to - Ss listen to the tape
swap books with their partners. and circle
+ Play the recording again to check - Ss listen again, circle
answers together as a class. and swap books with
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss their partners.
to correct their answers. Then checks Ss’ - Ss check their answers
guessing. and guessing
- Play the recording, sentence by -Ss listen and repeat.
sentence, for the class to listen and repeat
in chorus.
- Invite one or two Ss to stand up and -Ss read the sentences
read the completed sentences.
Activity 3.
Let’s chant *Aims: Ss will be able to say the chant
with the correct rhythm and
pronunciation.
*Procedure:
- Introduce the title and lyrics of the - Ss look and listen.
chant.

- Play the recording for Ss to listen to the -Ss listen to the chant
whole chant.
+ Have them repeat the title and lyrics - Ss listen and repeat
line by line. line by line without clap
+ Ask Ss to attend to the sounds of the their hands
letters air and ear and the words hair and -Ss note the sounds,
ears. words
- Play the recording all the way through -Ss listen to melody of
for Ss to listen to pronunciation and the chant
melody.
- Play the recording line by line for Ss to - Ss listen and chant line
listen and repeat by line.
- Play the recording for Ss to chant and - Ss chant and clap
clap along. along.
- Ask Ss to practice chant and clap along - Ss work in groups (two
in pairs or groups. groups) to chant
- Invite groups to the front of the -Ss perform in front of
classroom to perform the chant the class.
-T gives feedback. -Ss listen

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
 *Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson? -Ss listen and clap their
(if the teacher can take from the lesson). hands
- T praises some Ss who are
hardworking / active/ good…. as well as
encourage others to try more.
4. Homework.
(2’)
- Practice the chant more. -Ss listen and take note
- Prepare the new lesson: Unit 4, Lesson 3
(4,5,6).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...
Week 7 Preparing date: October 16th , 2022
Period 28 Teaching date: 20/10(3C),21/10(3D), 25/10(3A,3B))

Unit 4: Our bodies

Lesson 3 (4, 5, 6)

A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- read and write about parts of the body and instructions;
- make flashcards of the body parts and present them to the class.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 60, 61; website sachmem.vn, posters, laptop, pictures,
textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 33, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: Game: “Chant”
(5’) *Aims: to review the vocabulary and
structure about greet and respond to
greetings.
*Procedure:
- Ask Ss chant and do the actions in - Ss listen and chant
Unit 4, Lesson 3 page 32 in groups.
- Give point for the groups and
encourage them.
- Say “Open your book page 33” and - Ss open their books
look at “Unit 4, Lesson 3 (4, 5, 6)”.

*Aims: Ss will be able to read the four

2.Practice: (8’) sentences/ exchanges on the left and
Activity 1. match them with the pictures on the
Read and right correctly.
match: *Procedure:
- T models with sentence 1. - Ss look at the pictures
+ Get Ss to read Sentence 1 and answer
+ Ask Ss to read the first exchange and -Ss read and match
draw a line to match.
-Have Ss work in pairs and match the -Ss work in pairs and
sentences 2, 3, 4. match
 - Tell Ss to swap books with a partner, -Ss swap books and check
then check answers together as a class.
- Write the correct answers on the board -Ss check the correct their
for pupils to correct their answers. answers
- Invite pairs of Ss to stand up and role -Ss role play
play
-T gives feedbacks. -Ss listen

*Aims: Ss will be able to read,

3.Production: understand and complete four target
sentences / exchanges with picture cues.
(19’)
*Procedure:
Activity 2.
- Have Ss read the sentences and ask -Ss look at the pictures and
Let’s write some questions: say:
+ What’s this? + It’s a hand
+ What’s that? + It’s an eye
+ What are they doing? + A girl touches her nose
+ A boy opens his mouth.
- Check their comprehension and -Ss listen to the teacher
remind Ss to write their personal
information.
- Give Ss time to write the answers to -Ss write
the questions independently
- Get Ss to swap books with a partner, -Ss swap books and check
then check the answers together as a their answers
class.
- Ask a few Ss to stand up and role play -Ss role play
the dialogue in front of the class.
-T gives feedbacks. -Ss listen

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to revise the

Project. target vocabulary items by making
flashcards of the body parts pupils have
learnt and presenting them to the class.
*Procedure:
- Ask Ss to look at the picture of an eye - Ss listen and note
in the book. Demonstrate how to make a
flashcard of an eye. Draw an eye on a
card and write the word eye under the
picture.
- Show Ss your flashcard of an eye. Tell -Ss listen to the teacher
them to pass it around so that they can
see what they are going to make.
- Put Ss into groups and give each group -Ss make flashcards of the
a set of materials for making flashcards body parts
of the body parts.
- Give Ss enough time to make -Ss continute to make the
flashcards. Encourage them to decorate flashcards
their flashcards.
- When Ss have finished making their -Ss present the flashcards
flashcards, give them time to present the
flashcards to their classmates. Go
around the classroom to monitor and
offer support.
Game: Who is the fastest writer? -Ss listen
- T asks 6 - 8 Ss to join this game. -Ss write as fast as they
- T says out loud a word (twice). can.

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the
lesson today?
+What are the core values of the -Ss listen and clap their
lesson? (if the teacher can take from the hands
lesson).
- T praises some Ss who are -Ss listen and take note
 hardworking / active/ good…. as well as
encourage others to try more.

4. Homework. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 5, Lesson

(3’) 1 (1, 2, 3).

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

****************************************
Week 8 Preparing date: October 23rd , 2022
Period 29 Teaching date: 26/10(3C,3D),31/10(3A), 01/11(3B))

Unit 5: My hobbies
Lesson 1 (1, 2, 3)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- understand and correctly repeat the sentences in two communicative contexts
(pictures) focusing on asking and answering about hobbies.
- correctly say the words and use: What’s your hobby? – It’s ……... to ask and answer
about hobbies.
- Vocabulary: sing, dance, draw, swim, hobby.
- Skills: speaking and listening
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 62, 63, 64, audio Tracks 45, 46, website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 34, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: Sing: The hobby song
(3’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- Show the song on the screen.
- Ask Ss to listen, sing and dance the song. - Ss sing and dance the
- Say “Open your book page 34” and look song
at “Unit 5, Lesson 1 (1,2,3)”.

2. *Aims: Ss will be able to know the

Presentation vocabulary in front of starting the new
16’ lesson.
Activity 1. *Procedure:
Vocabulary. - Ss open their books
-T elicits the new words
-Ss listen and answer
+ sing- singing : hát (mime)
- - Ss listen and repeat
+ draw- drawing : vẽ (mime) + Choral repetition (3
+ dance- dancing :nhảy/ múa(mime) times).
+ swim- swimming : bơi (mime) + Individual repetition (3
+ hobby : sở thích (translation) ss)
- T models (3 times). - Ss take note
- T writes the words on the board. - Ss look, remember and
match
- Checking: Matching

Activity 2.
*Aims: Ss will be able to understand and
Look, listen
correctly repeat the sentences in two
and repeat:
communicative contexts (pictures)
focusing on asking and answering about
 hobbies.
*Procedure:
- Have Ss look at Pictures a and b and -Look at the pictures and
identify the characters in the pictures. get to know the characters
in the pictures.
+ In picture a: Bill points
to the activity on the stage
and asks Linh: What’s
your hobby? Linh says:
It’s singing.
+ In picture b: Lucy
points to the activity on
the stage and asks Ben:
What’s your hobby, Ben?
Ben says: Dancing.

- Play the audio twice (sentence by -Ss listen and repeat in

sentence). Correct their pronunciation chorus (twice)
where necessary.
- Have Ss to practice the dialogue -Ss work in pairs to
- T invites a few pairs to the front of the practice
class to practice. -Ss practice the dialogue
- T checks pronunciation for ss. -Ss listen

Activity 3 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to correctly say the

Listen, point words and use: What's your hobby? -
and say. It's…… to ask and answer about hobbies.
*Procedure:
* Model sentences:
- T asks Ss look at picture a and helps Ss -Ss look at the picture and
know the structure from the dialogue. answer.
- T introduces new structure for Ss.
- T explains, models and gives meaning. -Ss listen
-HaveA:SsWhat’s
repeat your
the model sentences.
hobby? -Ss listen and repeat
B: It’s singing.
 -Ss repeat to the hobbies.
3.Practice: (7’)
*Drill pictures
- Elicit and check comprehension the - Ss look, listen and
name of each character. answer
+ Picture a: a girl
singing
+ Picture b: a boy
drawing
+ Picture c: a girl
dancing
+ Picture d: a boy
- Run through all the pictures.
swimming
- Run through model sentences.
- Have Ss to practise:
-Ss listen and repeat
+ T asks, Ss answer picture a
+ Ss ask, T answers picture b
-Ss practice in chorus
+ Group A ask, group B answer picture c
+ Group B ask, group A answer picture d
- Ask Ss to work in pairs.
-Ss work in pairs to
- T controls and corrects.
practice
- Invite a few pairs to come to the front of
the classroom and point at the pictures and
-Ss point and say
say the questions and answers in front of
the class.
-Ss listen.
- T gives feedbacks.
4.Production:
*Aims: Ss will be able to enhance the
(7’)
correct use of What's your hobby? – It's
Activity 4.
…... to ask and answer questions about
Let’s talk.
someone's hobby.
*Procedure:
-Ss look at the picture and
- T asks ss to guess each character and
answer
what the children say.
+ They are on the beach/
+ What can you see in the picture?
by the sea
 +Who are they? + A boy and a girl are
+Where are they? drawing
+What are they saying? + Three boys are
- T fills the gaps and writes the sentences swimming
on the board. -Ss note
- T models - Ss say the completed
- T asks Ss to ask and answer questions sentences.
using What's your hobby? –It's ………... -Ss work in pairs
- Invite some pairs to perform. -Ss perform in front of the
- Give feedbacks class.

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure: -Ss answer the questions
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions: - Ss listen
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson). -Ss listen and clap their
- T review the vocabulary and model hands
sentences.
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking /
active/ good…. as well as encourage
others to try more.
5.
Homework. - Learn the vocabulary and model -Ss listen and take note
(2’) sentences by heart
- Prepare the new lesson: Unit 5, Lesson 1
(4,5,6).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

****************************************
Week 8 Preparing date: October 23rd , 2022
Period 30 Teaching date: 26/10(3C,3D),31/10(3A), 01/11(3B))

Unit 5: My hobbies
Lesson 1 (4, 5, 6)

A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- listen to and understand four communicative contexts in which pupils ask and answer
questions about hobbies.
- read and match the target sentence patterns with pictures.
- review vocabulary related to the topic "Hobbies" by playing the game Find the hobby.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 64, 65; audio Tracks 47; website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 35, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: Game: Matching game
*Aims: to create a friendly and active
(5’) atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- Write 4 new words on the board and
asks Ss to read (whole class). - Ss read the words
- Ask 4 Ss to come to the board and write
their hobbies in the pieces of paper and - Ss play game
keep them in secret.
- Ask 1 Ss to come to the board and guess
their hobbies written in the paper (He has
to write the answers in the small pieces of
paper and stick to each 4 Ss.
- Ask the Ss on the board to ask the
question to find out the answers and give -Ss play game
him or her point if correct (repeat the
activities depending the time).
- Say “Open your book page 35” and look
at “Unit 5, Lesson 1 (4,5,6)”. - Ss open their books

*Aims: Ss will be able to listen to and

2.Practice: understand four communicative contexts
(27’) in which pupils ask and answer questions
Activity 1. about hobbies
Listen and *Procedure:
number: - Elicit the names of the characters in the
pictures. -Look at the pictures and
- Point at the pictures respectively to say:
explain the context. + Picture a: a girl singing.
+ Picture b: a boy
swimming. + Picture c: a
boy drawing.
+ Picture d: a girl dancing.
 -Ss guess the answers
- T ask Ss to guess the answers.
+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board. - Ss listen to the tape and
- Listen to the tape: write the number
+ Play the recording - Ss listen again, write
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to number and swap books
swap books with their partners. with their partners.
+ Play the recording again to check
answers together as a class. - Ss check their answers
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss and guessing
to correct their answers. Then checks Ss’
guessing. -Ss listen and repeat.
- Play the recording, sentence by
sentence, for the class to listen and repeat
Activity 2. in chorus.
Read and
match *Aims: Ss will be able to read and match
the target sentence patterns with pictures.
*Procedure: -Ss look at the picture and
- Get Ss to look at the pictures and say
identify the characters’ hobbies.
-Ss look and answer
- Have Ss look at the four sentences and
the pictures. Elicit with picture 1 -Ss match
+ Ask Ss to read the sentence 1 in
chorus.
+ Draw a line to match it with the picture
of the girl dancing. -Ss work in pairs and match
-Have Ss work in pairs and match
sentences 2, 3, 4. -Ss read aloud
- Ask a few Ss to stand up and read the
sentences aloud.
Activity 3. -T gives feedbacks.
Let’s play
*Aims: Ss will be able to review
vocabulary related to the topic "Hobbies"
by playing the game Find the hobby.
*Procedure:

- Ss hold the flash cards

- Tell Ss the goal of the game and how to (flash card 1: swimming,
play it. Four Ss hold different flash cards flash card 2: drawing; flash
- Invite four Ss to the front of the class to card 3: dancing; flash card
demonstrate how to play the game. 4: singing).
- T shouts out "swimming", the Ss with
the swimming flash card steps up and -Ss play game
shows his / her flash card to the whole
class. - Ss listen and play game
- Repeat the procedure with other flash
cards. If a Ss fails to show up his / her
flashcard or shows up the wrong flash
card, he / she is "out" of the game.

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure: -Ss answer the questions
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today? -Ss listen and clap their
+What are the core values of the lesson? hands
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
 - T praises some Ss who are
hardworking / active/ good…. as well as
3. encourage others to try more. -Ss listen and take note
Homework.
(3’) - Practice part 5 again.
- Prepare the new lesson: Unit 5, Lesson
2 (1,2,3).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

****************************************
Week 8 Preparing date: October 23rd , 2022
Period 31 Teaching date: 27/10(3C),28/10(3D), 01/11(3A),1/11(3B)

Unit 5: My hobbies
Lesson 2 (1, 2, 3)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- understand and correctly repeat the sentences in two communicative contexts
(pictures) focusing on asking and answering about hobbies.
- correctly say the words and use What's your hobby? – I like………… to ask and
answer questions about someone's hobby.
- enhance the correct use of What's your hobby? – I like ………... to ask and answer
questions about someone's hobby.
- Vocabulary: run, paint, walk, cook, like
- Skills: speaking and listening
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 43, 44; audio Tracks 48, 49, website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 36, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: Game: Guessing and Choosing
(3’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- T shows 4 pictures of hobbies and calls 4 - Ss listen
Ss to come to the board and choose.
- T asks 4 Ss to come to the board and - Ss play the game
choose 1 picture of hobby and keep them in
secret by covering them.
- The others will write their hobbies in the
board at their desks and keep their ides in
secret.
- The Ss on the board will 1 by 1 show their -Ss play game
pictures they chose.
- When the teacher says the word of the
pictures 1 by 1 shown on the board, who
has the same hobby will raise their board or
raise their hands.
- The Ss on the board will get the same
points as the numbers of Ss raising their
hands.
- Say “Open your book page 36” and look at - Ss open their books
“Unit 5, Lesson 2 (1,2,3)”.
2. *Aims: Ss will be able to know the
Presentation vocabulary in front of starting the new
(16’) lesson.
Activity 1. *Procedure:
Vocabulary. -T elicits the new words -Ss listen and answer
+ run- running : chạy (mime) - - Ss listen and repeat
+ Choral repetition (3
+ paint- painting: tô màu (mime)
times).
+ walk- walking : đi bộ (mime)
+ Individual repetition (3
+ cook- cooking : nấu ăn (mine) ss)
+ like : thích (situation)
- T models (3 times). - Ss take note
- T writes the words on the board. - Ss look, remember and
- Checking: What and where slap

*Aims: Ss will be able to understand and

Activity 2.
correctly repeat the sentences in two
Look, listen
communicative contexts (pictures) focusing
and repeat:
on asking and answering about hobbies.
*Procedure:
- Have Ss look at Pictures a and b and -Look at the pictures and
identify the characters in the pictures. get to know the
characters in the
pictures.
+ In picture a: Nam
asks: What's your
hobby? And Mary
answers I like cooking.
– In picture b: Minh
asks What's your hobby?
And Lucy answers: I like
walking

- Play the audio twice (sentence by

sentence). Correct their pronunciation
 where necessary.
- Have Ss to practice the diaguage
- T invites a few pairs to the front of the -Ss listen and repeat in
class to practice. chorus (twice)
- T checks pronunciation for ss.
-Ss work in pairs to
*Aims: Ss will be able to correctly say the practice
words and use What's your hobby? – I like -Ss practice the diaguage
Activity 3.
……. to ask and answer questions about -Ss listen
Listen, point
and say. someone's hobby.
*Procedure:
* Model sentences:
- T asks Ss look at picture a and helps Ss
know the structure from the dialogue.
- T introduces new structure for Ss.
- T explains, models and gives meaning.
- Have Ss repeat the model sentences. -Ss look at the picture
and answer.
A: What’s your hobby?
B: I like cooking -Ss listen
-Ss listen and repeat

*Drill pictures -Ss repeat to the hobbies

3.Practice: - Have Ss look at the pictures and elicit the

(7’) names of the hobbies.

-Ss listen and answer

+Picture a: a boy
running
+Picture b. a girl
painting
+Picture c. a girl
- Run through all the pictures. walking
- Run through model sentences. +Picture d. a boy
cooking
 + Run through the questions - Ss look, listen and
+ Run through the answers repeat
- Have Ss to practise:
+ T asks – Ss answer (change role).
- Ss practice in chorus
+ Ss – Ss (change role).
- Ask Ss to work in pairs.
-Ss work in pairs to
- T controls and corrects.
practice
- Invite a few pairs to come to the front of
-Ss listen
the classroom, point at the pictures and say
the questions and answers in front of the
-Ss go to the board and
class.
point and say
- T gives feedbacks.

-Ss listen
*Aims: Ss will be able to enhance the
4.Production: correct use of What's your hobby? – I like
(7’) ……. to ask and answer questions about
Activity 4. someone's hobby.
Let’s talk. *Procedure:
- T asks ss to guess each character and what
the children say.
+ What can you see in the picture? -Ss look at the picture
+Who are they? and answer
+Where are they? + There are several
+What are they doing? people doing different
activities in the park.

- Put Ss into pairs and encourage them to

ask and answer questions using What’s your
hobby? I like…. -Ss work in pairs
- Invite some pairs to stand up to perform
their exchanges.
 -Ss ask and answer
*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions:
-Ss answer the questions
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson? (if
the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T review the vocabulary and model
sentences.
- Ss listen
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking /
active/ good…. as well as encourage others
-Ss listen and clap their
to try more.
hands

- Learn the vocabulary and model sentences

by heart
-Ss listen and take note
5. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 5, Lesson 2
Homework. (4,5,6).
(2’)

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

****************************************
Week 8 Preparing date: October 23rd , 2022
Period 32 Teaching date: 27/10(3C),28/10(3D), 01/11(3A),1/11(3B)

Unit 5: My hobbies
 Lesson 2 (4, 5, 6)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- listen to and understand two communicative contexts in which pupils discuss different
hobbies.
- complete four target sentences with the help of picture cues.
- sing the song My hobby with the correct pronunciation and melody
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 58, 59; audio Tracks 50, 51; website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Pag
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- Sing a song: Slap the board
up: (5’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active atmosphere
in the class to beginning the lesson.
*Procedure:
- Divide class into two teams. Have them stand in - Ss listen
two lines.
- Place some cards on the board. - Ss play game
- Have four students come to the board to face off.
- Call out a word, ex: cooking, and have Ss run to
the board then slap the picture and repeat the word.
- The winner is the student who
slaps the picture at first.
- Say “Open your book page 13” and look at “Unit
- Ss open their
5, Lesson 2 (4,5,6)”.
books
2.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to listen to and understand
(27’) two communicative contexts in which pupils
Activity 1. discuss different hobbies.
Listen and *Procedure:
tick: - Elicit the hobby in each picture.
-Look at the
pictures and say:
+ Picture 1a. a boy
walking + Picture
1b. a boy cooking
+ Picture 2a. a girl
running + Picture
2b. a girl painting

- T ask Ss to guess the answers. -Ss guess the

+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board. answers
- Listen to the tape: - Ss listen to the
+ Play the recording tape and tick
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to swap
 books with their partners.
+ Play the recording again to check answers - Ss listen again,
together as a class. tick and swap books
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss to correct with their partners.
their answers. Then checks Ss’ guessing. - Ss check their
- Play the recording, sentence by sentence, for the answers and
class to listen and repeat in chorus. guessing
Key: 1. b 2. b -Ss listen and
repeat.
Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to complete four target
Look, sentences with the help of picture cues.
complete *Procedure:
and read - Have Ss look at the pictures and identify the
hobbies in the pictures. -Ss look at the
picture and say

- Have Ss look at the four incomplete sentences

and elicits the missing words in the sentences. -Ss answer: It’s….
- T models with picture 1 I like………
+ Ask Ss what is missing in the sentence.
+ Have Ss look at the picture and complete the -Ss look, complete
gap, then read the completed sentence in chorus. and read the
-Have Ss work in groups and complete the picture completed sentence
2, 3 and 4. in chorus.
- Ask a few Ss to stand up and read the completed
sentences aloud. -Ss complete the
-T gives feedbacks. sentence
Key: 1. swimming 2. singing -Ss read aloud
3. cooking 4. painting
*Aims: Ss will be able to sing the song My hobby
Activity 3. with the correct pronunciation and melody.
Let’s sing. *Procedure:
- Introduce the title and lyrics of the song: “My
hobby ” - Ss listen

- Play the recording for Ss to listen to the whole

song. -Ss listen to the
+ Have them repeat the title and lyrics line by line. song
+ Tell Ss to point at the pictures while singing. - Ss listen and
- Play the recording all the way through for Ss to repeat line by line
listen to pronunciation and melody of the song. without the action.
- Play the recording line by line for Ss to listen, -Ss point to the
repeat and point to the pictures pictures while
- Play the recording for Ss to sing and do actions. singing
- Ask Ss to practice singing and doing actions in -Ss listen to melody
pairs or groups. of the song
- Invite groups to the front of the classroom to - Ss listen and sing
perform the song line by line.
-T gives feedback. - Ss sing and do
actions.
*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and wrap up + Ss work in groups
the content of the lesson. (two groups) to
*Procedure: sing.
- T asks ss to answer the following questions: -Ss perform in front
+ What have you learnt from the lesson today? of the class.
+What are the core values of the lesson? (if the -Ss listen
teacher can take from the lesson). -Ss answer the
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking / active/ questions
good…. as well as encourage others to try more. - Ss listen
 - Practice part 5 again. -Ss listen and clap
3. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 5, Lesson 3 (1,2,3). their hands
Homework. -Ss listen
(3’)

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

****************************************
Week 9 Preparing date: October 30rd , 2022
Period 33 Teaching date: 02/11(3C,3D), 07/11(3A),4/11(3B)

Unit 5: My hobbies
Lesson 3 (1, 2, 3)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- correctly repeat the sounds of the letters p and r in isolation, the words painting and
running, and the sentences I like painting. and I like running. with the correct
pronunciation and intonation.
- identify the target words painting and running while listening.
- say the chant with the correct rhythm and pronunciation.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 69, 70; audio Tracks 52, 53, 54; website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 38, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- Game: What is missing?
up: (5’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- Divide the class into teams. - Ss listen
- Place some flashcards on the board
(cooking, running, singing and some
flashcards of hobby).
- Have Ss from the teams close their eyes. -Ss play game
+ Remove one of the pictures.
+ Ss have to remember and say the
missing pictures.
+Give the first team to guess correctly one
point.
+The team that gets the most points wins.
- Say “Open your book page 38” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 5, Lesson 3 (1,2,3)”.
2.
Presentation *Aims: Ss will be able to correctly
(9’) pronounce the sounds of the letters p and r
Activity 1. in isolation, in the words painting and
Listen and running, and in the sentences I like
repeat: painting. and I like running with correct
pronunciation and intonation.
*Procedure:
- T gives instruction to the letter p and r, - Ss recognize the
painting and running, and in the sentences differences about color of
I like painting. and I like running letter
 - Play the recording for the letter p, r. - - Ss listen
- Encourage Ss to point at the letter/ word/ - Ss listen and point
sentence while listening.
- Play the recording again and encourage - Ss listen again and repeat
Ss to listen and repeat.
- Do this several times until Ss feel -Ss listen again and repeat
confident.
- T calls some Ss to practice. -Ss practice
- T gives feedbacks. -Ss listen

3.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to identify the

(19’) target words painting and running while
Activity 2. listening.
Listen and *Procedure:
circle. - Elicit the sentences and the gap-fill -Ss listen and say:
options. + Number 1: It’s….!
+ Number 2: I like…..!
- T ask Ss to guess the answers. -Ss guess the answers
+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board.
- Listen to the tape: - Ss listen to the tape and
+ Play the recording circle
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to - Ss listen again, circle and
swap books with their partners. swap books with their
+ Play the recording again to check partners.
answers together as a class. - Ss check their answers
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss to and guessing
correct their answers. Then checks Ss’
guessing.
- Play the recording, sentence by -Ss listen and repeat.
sentence, for the class to listen and repeat
in chorus.
- Invite one or two Ss to stand up and read -Ss read the sentences
the completed sentences.

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to say the chant

Let’s chant with the correct rhythm and
pronunciation.
*Procedure:
- Introduce the title and lyrics of the chant. - Ss look and listen.
- Play the recording for Ss to listen to the -Ss listen to the chant
whole chant.
+ Have them repeat the title and lyrics line - Ss listen and repeat line
by line. by line without clap their
+ Ask Ss to attend to the sounds of the hands
letters p and r and the words painting and -Ss note the sounds, words
running.
- Play the recording all the way through -Ss listen to melody of the
for Ss to listen to pronunciation and chant
melody.
- Play the recording line by line for Ss to - Ss listen and chant line by
listen and repeat line.
- Play the recording for Ss to chant and - Ss chant and clap along.
clap along.
- Ask Ss to practice chant and clap along - Ss work in groups (two
in pairs or groups. groups) to chant
- Invite groups to the front of the -Ss perform in front of the
classroom to perform the chant class.
-T gives feedback. -Ss listen

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss listen.
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson -Ss answer the questions
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson? -Ss listen and clap their
(if the teacher can take from the lesson). hands
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking /
 active/ good…. as well as encourage
others to try more.

4. - Practice the chant more. -Ss listen and take note

Homework. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 5, Lesson 3
(2’) (4,5,6).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

****************************************
Week 9 Preparing date: October 30rd , 2022
Period 34 Teaching date: 02/11(3C,3D), 07/11(3A),4/11(3B)

Unit 5: My hobbies
Lesson 3 (4, 5, 6)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- read a communicative context and complete a table about hobbies.
- read and complete gapped sentences with personal information.
- reinforce and extend pupils’ language knowledge and competences by making a
hobby show.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 71, 72; website sachmem.vn, posters, laptop, pictures,
textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 39, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: Game: Matching
(5’) *Aims: to review the vocabulary and
structure about greet and respond to
greetings.
*Procedure:
-T divides class into 2 teams - Ss listen
- Ss in 2 teams take turn to open the -Ss play game
boxes to match the questions and answers
to their pictures (open: click the numbers
-close: click the red signs).
- Ss of each team will get points if their
matching is correct.
- Review hobbies: painting, cooking,
running, walking, singing, swimming.
- Say “Open your book page 39” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 5, Lesson 3 (4, 5, 6)”.

2.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to read a

(8’) communicative context and complete a
Activity 1. table about hobbies.
Read and *Procedure:
tick: - T models with Ben. - Ss read and answer
+ Get Ss to read the dialogue
+ Ask Ss to read the first sentence and
tick the correct hobby
-Have Ss work in pairs and complete the -Ss read and tick
table by ticking the correct boxes.
- Tell Ss to swap books with a partner, -Ss swap books and check
 then check answers together as a class.
- Write the correct answers on the board -Ss check the correct their
for pupils to correct their answers. answers
- Invite pairs of Ss to stand up and say -Ss say
the characters’ hobby.
-T gives feedbacks. -Ss listen

3.Production: *Aims: Ss will be able to read and

(19’) complete gapped sentences with personal
Activity 2. information.
Let’s write *Procedure:
- Explain to the class the goal of this -Ss listen
activity.
- Ask Ss to read each gapped sentence, -Ss read and answer
guess the missing information and -Ss write
complete the sentence with their own
personal information.
- Give Ss time to write their answers. -Ss swap books and check
- Ask Ss to swap and correct their their answers
answers in pairs. -Ss check
- Check the answers as a class.

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to reinforce and

Project. extend pupils’ language knowledge and
competences by making a hobby show.
*Procedure:
- Explain the goal of this activity to Ss. -Ss listen
- Point at the picture and explain what -Ss listen
they should do to complete the project.
- Tell Ss to work in groups. -Ss work in groups
- Give the class time to complete the -Ss draw three pictures
project by drawing three pictures showing showing their hobbies.
their hobbies
- Invite some Ss go to the board and -Ss perform in front of the
perform their hobbies. class.
 - Have a class display of Ss’ projects and -Ss vote
have them vote for the most interesting.
*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
- T praises some Ss who are -Ss listen and clap their
hardworking / active/ good…. as well as hands
encourage others to try more.

4. - Prepare the new lesson: Review 1 -Ss listen and take note
Homework.
(3’)
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

****************************************
Week 9 Preparing date: October 30rd , 2022
Period 35,36 Teaching date: 03/11(3C),04/11(3D), 08/11(3A,3B)

Review 1
Parts 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- correctly use the following sentence patterns:
+ Hello. / Hi. I’m ………. – Hello , / Hi, I’m ……..
+ How are you? − …….., thank you.
+ What's your name? − My name's ……...
+ How old are you? – I’m ……..years old.
+ Is this / that ? − Yes, it is. / No, it isn't. It's ……...
+ What's your hobby? − It's ………...
+ What do you like? – I like …….
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 73, 74, 75; Track 55, 56; website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 40, 41, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: (5’)
Game: Whispering
*Aims: to review the vocabulary and
structure about greet and respond to
greetings.
*Procedure:
- Divide class into 2 groups. - Ss listen
-Ask 5 Ss in each group stand in a straight
line.
- T says a word or phrase to the first pupil -Ss play game
 in this line.
- Then, the first pupil whispers what she/
he hear to the second person in line; the
second one whispers what he/ she hears to
the third one and so on until the last pupil
in group hears the word or phrase.
- The last pupil says the word or phrase out
loud. - Ss open their books
- The faster group has correct word or
phrase is the winner.
2.Practice: - Say “Open your book page 40, 41” and
(52’) look at Review 1.
Activity 1.
Listen and *Aims: Ss will be able to listen to and -Look at the pictures and
tick: understand five communicative contexts say:
*Procedure: + Picture 1a. Minh and
- Elicit the names of the characters in each Lucy first meet each
picture and what they say. other
+ Picture 1b. Lucy and
Mai first meet each other.
+ Picture 2a. a birthday
cake with number 6 on it
+ Picture 2b. a birthday
cake with number 8 on it
+ Picture 3a. Lucy tells
Ben to touch his face.
+ Picture 3b. Lucy tells
Ben to touch his nose.
+ Picture 4a. Ben is
singing on the stage.
+ Picture 4b. Bill is
playing music on the
stage.
 + Picture 5a. Ben tells
Mai he likes dancing.
+ Picture 5b. Ben tells
Mai he likes singing.
-Ss guess the answers

- Ss listen to the tape and

tick
- T ask Ss to guess the answers. - Ss listen again, tick and
+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board. swap books with their
- Listen to the tape: partners.
+ Play the recording
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to - Ss check their answers
swap books with their partners. and guessing
+ Play the recording again to check
answers together as a class. -Ss listen and repeat.
Activity 2. + Write the answers on the board for Ss to
Listen and correct their answers. Then checks Ss’
number guessing.
- Play the recording, sentence by sentence,
for the class to listen and repeat in chorus.
- Look at the pictures and
*Aims: Ss will be able to listen to and say:
understand four communicative contexts + Picture a: Linh
*Procedure: guesses that the running
- Elicit the names of the characters in each boy is Bill, but Mary says
picture and what they say it is Ben.
- Point at the pictures respectively to + Picture b: The doctor
explain the context. tells Ben to open his
mouth for him to check.
+ Picture c: Linh wants
to know what Ben likes.
He says that he likes
swimming.
+ Picture d: Lucy points
 at the eye of the robot
and asks Minh what it is.
He answers that it is an
eye.
-Ss guess the answers
- Ss listen to the tape and
write the number
- Ss listen again, write
number and swap books
with their partners.
- T ask Ss to guess the answers.
- Ss check their answers
+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board.
Activity 3. and guessing
- Listen to the tape:
Read and -Ss listen and repeat.
+ Play the recording
match
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to
swap books with their partners.
+ Play the recording again to check
answers together as a class.
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss to
-Ss look at the sentence 1
correct their answers. Then checks Ss’
and say
guessing.
-Ss work in pairs and
- Play the recording, sentence by sentence,
match
for the class to listen and repeat in chorus.

-Ss swap their books and

*Aims: Ss will be able to read and match
match
pairs of target sentence patterns
*Procedure:
Activity 4. -Ss check
- Tell Ss about this activity. Point at
Read and
sentence 1, elicit the answer and models.
complete -Ss read aloud
- Give Ss work in pairs to do the sentence
2,3,4,5.
- Tell Ss to swap their books with their
partners, then check answers together as a
class.
- Write the correct answers on the board for
-Ss listen and answer
Ss to correct their answers.
 - Invite some pairs to stand up and read the
matched exchanges aloud. -Ss look at the dialogue
and say number 1
*Aims: Ss will be able to read and -Ss work in pairs and
complete a gapped conversation between complete
two pupils. -Ss swap their books and
*Procedure: match
- Elicit the words in the box and the
conversation. -Ss check
- Tell Ss about this activity. Point at
number1, elicit the answer and models. -Ss read aloud
- Give Ss work in pairs to do the task

- Tell Ss to swap their books with their -Ss read the dialogue
partners, then check answers together as a again
class. -Ss work in pairs and
- Write the correct answers on the board for answer
Ss to correct their answers.
- Invite some pairs to stand up and read the
matched exchanges aloud.
* Mini game: Comprehension questions
- Ask Ss to read the conversation again
- Give Ss work in pairs and answer the
3.Production: questions:
(10’) + How many people in the conversation?
Activity 5. There are 2 people/ 2 people.
Ask and + What are their names? -Ss listen and answer
answer Their names are Minh and Mary.
+ How old is Mary? -Ss role play sentence 1
She is eight years olds.
+ What is Mary’s hobby? -Ss work in paris
She likes singing.
+ What is Minh’s hobby? -Ss role play
He likes drawing.
 *Aims: Ss will be able to ask and answer
questions using personal information.
*Procedure:
- Ask Ss to read the question and elicit the
answer -Ss listen and answer
- Get Ss to role-play the exchange with
sentence 1
- Give Ss time to take it in turns to role-
play the four exchanges.
- Invite some paris to stand up and role- -Ss listen and clap their
play. hands

*Consolidation
4. *Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and -Ss listen and take note
Homework. wrap up the content of the lesson.
(3’) *Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking /
active/ good…. as well as encourage others
to try more.

- Prepare the new lesson: Fun time 1

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
………………………

****************************************
Week 10 Preparing date: November 6th, 2022
Period 37 Teaching date: 09/11(3C,3D), 11/11(3B),14/11(3A)

Fun time 1

A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- take part in three fun activities relating to their language knowledge and competences.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, writing and listening
2. Competences:
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 76, 77, 78; website sachmem.vn, posters, laptop,
pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 42, 43, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- Sing: Head, shoulders, knees and toes
up: (3’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- Show the song on the screen. - Ss listen
- Ask Ss to listen, sing and dance the - Ss sing a song
song. -Ss open the book
- Say “Open your book page 42, 43” and
look at “Fun time”.

2. Practice *Aims: Ss will be able to revise learnt

(30’) vocabulary by doing the word search.
Activity 1. *Procedure:
Find, circle - Have Ss look at the pictures and ask -Ss look at the picture and
and match: +What’s this? answer
+ What do you see in the pictures?
- Write the words or stick the flash cards - - Ss note
of the words, one by one, on the board. -
- Point at each word on the board and - Ss say the word
have Ss say the word as a class.
- Point at the picture of an ear, and match - Ss look and match
the word “ear” that has been circled as
an example.
- Tell Ss to find the rest of the words in -Ss find the words
the word search.
- Have Ss match the words in the word -SS match the words with
search with the pictures. pictures
- Have Ss check and correct their -Ss check their answer
answers in pairs
- Have Ss work in pairs, one points at the -Ss say aloud
pictures and the other points at the
circled words in the word search and say
them aloud.

Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to revise

Quiz time vocabulary and sentence patterns learnt
in Units 1–5.
*Procedure: -Ss listen
- Put Ss into two teams, Team 1 and
Team 2. -Ss listen and play game
- Have one representative of each team
stand next to their boxes, Box 1 and Box -Ss play game
2.
- Explain the rules: Two quiz masters
will read different dialogues for each
pair of Ss.
 Example:
Quiz master 1 (showing a flash card):
What’s this?
Quiz master 2: It’s a hand.
- After listening to the dialogue, each
representative has to find the right flash
card and put it in their team’s box.
- The quicker representative earns one
point for his / her team. Then, other pairs
take turns to compete. The quiz
continues until the end of the time limit
(5 – 10 dialogues are recommended).
- The team with most points wins.

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to learn the five - Ss look, listen and answer
Look and senses and how they relate to our bodies.
match *Procedure: - Ss answer
- T elicits the names of the body parts:
eye, ear, nose, hand, mouth. -Ss listen and repeat
- Point to your eyes and ask Ss what
they do with their eyes -Ss work in pairs to practice
- Write see on the board and model it -Ss check their answer.
for Ss to repeat.
- Have Ss complete the activity by
drawing lines to match the body parts to
the senses.
- Check answers together as a class. -Ss answer the questions

3. *Consolidation
Homework. *Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
(2’) wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss listen and clap their hands
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
 today? -Ss listen and take note
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T praises some Ss who are
hardworking / active/ good…. as well as
encourage others to try more.
- Prepare the new lesson: Unit 6, Lesson
1 (1,2,3).

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

Week 10 Preparing date: November 6th , 2022

Period 38 Teaching date: 09/11(3C,3D), 11/11(3B),14/11(3A)

Unit 6: Our school

Lesson 1 (1, 2, 3)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- use the words school, classroom, library, playground in the sentence pattern: Is this
our ……………? – Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t.
- use Is this our………… ? – Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t. to ask and answer questions about
their school.
- Vocabulary: school, classroom, library, playground
- Skills: speaking and listening
2. Competences:
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 79, 80, 81, audio Tracks 57, 58, website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 44, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: Sing: Jigsaw puzzle
(3’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- Divide class into 4 groups: Tom, Jerry, - Ss listen
Miu and Chit.
- Ask Ss look at the pieces of picture. -Ss look at the pieces of
the picture
- Ask Ss go to the board and jigsaw puzzle -Ss put into the correct
into the correct picture. picture
-T checks who’s the winner? -Ss check
- Say “Open your book page 44” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 6, Lesson 1 (1,2,3)”.

2. *Aims: Ss will be able to know the

Presentation vocabulary in front of starting the new
(16’) lesson.
Activity 1. *Procedure:
Vocabulary. -T elicits the new words - Ss listen and answer
+ school : trường học (picture) - - Ss listen and repeat
+ library : thư viện (picture) + Choral repetition (3
+ classroom :phòng học (picture) times).
+ playground : sân chơi (picture) + Individual repetition (3
ss)
- T models (3 times). - Ss take note
- T writes the words on the board. - Ss look, remember and
- Checking: Matching match
Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to understand and
Look, listen correctly repeat the sentences in two
and repeat: communicative contexts (pictures) to ask
and answer questions about their school.
*Procedure:
- Have Ss look at Pictures a and b and -Look at the pictures and
identify names of the speakers in the say
pictures.
+ In picture a: Ms Hoa
says: Look at this picture.
Is this our school? Lucy
answers: Yes, it is. It’s
our school.

+ In picture b: Ms Hoa
asks: Is this our school?
Lucy answers: No, it isn’t.

- Play the audio twice (sentence by

sentence). Correct their pronunciation -Ss listen and repeat in
where necessary. chorus (twice)
- Have Ss to practice the dialogue
- T invites a few pairs to the front of the -Ss work in pairs to
class to practice. practice
- T checks pronunciation for ss. -Ss practice the dialogue
-Ss listen

Activity 3 *Aims: Ss will be able to correctly say the

Listen, point words and use Is this our …….? – Yes, it
and say. is. / No, it isn't. to ask and answer
questions about their school.
*Procedure:
 * Model sentences:
- T asks Ss look at picture a and helps Ss
know the structure from the dialogue. -Ss look at the picture and
- T introduces new structure for Ss. answer.
- T explains, models and gives meaning. -Ss listen
- Have Ss repeat the model sentences. -Ss listen and repeat
-Ss repeat to the place
A: Is this our school?
B: Yes, it is. / No, it isn't.

3.Practice: *Drill pictures

(7’) - Elicit and check comprehension the
places of school - Ss look, listen and
answer

+ Picture a: a school
+ Picture b: a classroom
+ Picture c: a library
+ Picture d: a
playground
- Run through all the pictures.
- Run through model sentences.
+Run through the question sentences
+Run through the answer sentences -Ss listen and repeat
- Have Ss to practise:
+ T asks, Ss answer picture a
+ Ss ask, T answers picture b
+ Group A ask, group B answer picture c -Ss practice in chorus
+ Group B ask, group A answer picture d
- Ask Ss to work in pairs. -Ss work in pairs to
- T controls and corrects. practice
- Invite a few pairs to come to the front of
the classroom and point at the pictures and
 say the questions and answers in front of
the class. -Ss point and say
- T gives feedbacks.

*Aims: Ss will be able to enhance the

correct use of Is this our ……..? – Yes, it -Ss listen.
4.Production: is. / No, it isn't. to ask and answer
(7’) questions about their school.
Activity 4. *Procedure:
Let’s talk. - Have Ss look at the picture and elicit the
question and the answer in context.
+ What can you see in the picture?
+ How many pictures are there? -Ss look at the picture and
-Stick the flash cards for school, answer
classroom, library and playground on the + I can see 4 places…
wall at various places around the + There are 4 pictures
classroom and point at a certain flash card -Ss look and answer
to elicit the question and answer.
- Give Ss time to practise in pairs.
- Invite some pairs of Ss to the front of the
class to perform their conversations.
-Ss work in pairs
*Consolidation -Ss perform in front of the
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and class.
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today? -Ss answer the questions
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T review the vocabulary and model
sentences.
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking /
 active/ good…. as well as encourage - Ss listen
others to try more.
-Ss listen and clap their
- Learn the vocabulary and model hands
sentences by heart
5. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 6, Lesson 1
Homework. (4,5,6). -Ss listen and take note
(2’)

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

Week 10 Preparing date: November 6th , 2022

Period 39 Teaching date: 10/11(3C), 11/11(3D),15/11(3A,3B)

Unit 6: Our school

Lesson 1 (4, 5, 6)

A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- listen to and understand four communicative contexts in which pupils ask and answer
questions about their school
- read and complete three target sentence patterns with the help of picture cues.
- sing the song Our school with the correct pronunciation and melody.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 81,82,83; audio Tracks 59,60; website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 45, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: Game: Matching game
(5’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- Write 4 new words on the board and asks - Ss read the words
Ss to read (whole class).
- Ask 4 Ss to come to the board and write - Ss play game
their school in the pieces of paper and keep
them in secret.
- Ask 1 Ss to come to the board and guess
their school written in the paper (He has to
write the answers in the small pieces of
paper and stick to each 4 Ss.
- Ask the Ss on the board to ask the -Ss play game
question to find out the answers and give
him or her point if correct (repeat the
activities depending the time).
- Say “Open your book page 45” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 6, Lesson 1 (4,5,6)”.

2.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to listen to and

(27’) understand two communicative contexts to
Activity 1. ask and answer questions about a school.
Listen and *Procedure:
tick: - Elicit the word for the place in each -Look at the pictures
picture and say:
- Point at the pictures respectively to + Picture 1a: a library
explain the context. + Picture 1b: a
playground
+ Picture 2a: a
classroom
+ Picture 2b: a school

- T ask Ss to guess the answers.

+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board. -Ss guess the answers
- Listen to the tape:
+ Play the recording
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to - Ss listen to the tape
swap books with their partners. and tick
+ Play the recording again to check - Ss listen again, tick
answers together as a class. and swap books with
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss to their partners.
correct their answers. Then checks Ss’ - Ss check their answers
guessing. and guessing
- Play the recording, sentence by sentence,
for the class to listen and repeat in chorus. -Ss listen and repeat.

*Aims: Ss will be able to complete three

Activity 2.
target sentence patterns with the help of
Look,
picture cues.
complete and
*Procedure:
read
- Get Ss to look at the pictures and identify -Ss look at the picture
the places in the pictures. and say
- Have Ss look at the four dialogue and the -Ss look and answer
pictures. Elicit and model with picture 1
+ Ask Ss to read the sentence 1 in chorus. -Ss read
+ Ask them what is missing in the question
 (library). Then have them complete the gap
(Is this our library?). -Ss say and complete
-Have Ss work in pairs and complete the
dialogue 2, 3, 4. -Ss work in pairs and
- Ask a few Ss to stand up and read the complete
sentences aloud. -Ss read aloud
-T gives feedbacks.

*Aims: Ss will be able to sing the song Our

Activity 3. school with the correct pronunciation and
Let’s sing melody.
*Procedure:
- Introduce the title and lyrics of the song:
“Our school” - Ss listen

- Play the recording for Ss to listen to the

whole song. -Ss listen to the song
+ Have them repeat the title and lyrics line
by line. - Ss listen and repeat
+ Tell Ss to point at the pictures while line by line without the
singing. action.
- Play the recording all the way through for -Ss point to the pictures
Ss to listen to pronunciation and melody of while singing
the song. -Ss listen to melody of
- Play the recording line by line for Ss to the song
listen, repeat and point to the pictures - Ss listen and sing line
- Play the recording for Ss to sing and do by line.
actions. - Ss sing and do actions.
- Ask Ss to practice singing and doing
actions in pairs or groups. + Ss work in groups
 - Invite groups to the front of the classroom (two groups) to sing.
to perform the song -Ss perform in front of
-T gives feedback. the class.
-Ss listen
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
*Consolidation wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions: -Ss answer the
+ What have you learnt from the lesson questions
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson? (if
the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking /
active/ good…. as well as encourage others -Ss listen and clap their
to try more. hands

- Practice part 5 again.

3. Homework. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 6, Lesson 2 -Ss listen and take note
(3’) (1,2,3).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
………………………………………………………….…………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

***********************************
Week 10 Preparing date: November 6th , 2022
Period 40 Teaching date: 10/11(3C), 11/11(3D),15/11(3A,3B)

Unit 6: Our school

Lesson 2 (1, 2, 3)

A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- use the words school, classroom, library, playground, computer room, art room, music
room and gym in the sentence pattern Let’s go to the ……….
- use Let’s go to the ……. – OK, let’s go. to make suggestions to go to a place at school
and express agreement;
- Vocabulary: computer room, art room, music room and gym
- Skills: speaking and listening
2. Competences:
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 83, 84; audio Tracks 61, 62, website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 46, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: Game: Guessing and Choosing
(3’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- T shows 4 pictures of places and calls 4 - Ss listen
Ss to come to the board and choose.
- T asks 4 Ss to come to the board and - Ss play the game
choose 1 picture of place and keep them in
secret by covering them.
- The others will write their place in the -Ss play game
board at their desks and keep their ides in
secret.
- The Ss on the board will 1 by 1 show
their pictures they chose.
 - When the teacher says the word of the
pictures 1 by 1 shown on the board, who
has the same places will raise their board
or raise their hands.
- The Ss on the board will get the same
points as the numbers of Ss raising their
hands.
- Say “Open your book page 46” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 6, Lesson 2 (1,2,3)”.

2. *Aims: Ss will be able to know the

Presentation vocabulary in front of starting the new
(16’) lesson.
Activity 1. *Procedure:
Vocabulary. -T elicits the new words -Ss listen and answer
+ art room : phòng mĩ thuật - - Ss listen and repeat
+ Choral repetition (3
(picture)
times).
+ computer room: phòng tin học
+ Individual repetition (3
(picture) ss)
+ music room : phòng âm nhạc (picture)
+ gym : nhà thể chất (picture)

- T models (3 times). - Ss take note

- T writes the words on the board. - Ss look, remember and
- Checking: What and where slap

Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to understand and

Look, listen correctly repeat the sentences in two
and repeat: communicative contexts (pictures) to make
suggestions to go to a place at school and
express agreement.
*Procedure:
- Have Ss look at Pictures a and b and -Look at the pictures and
identify the characters in the pictures. get to know the characters
 in the pictures.
+ In picture a: Mary says:
Let’s go to the art room.
And Minh says: OK, let’s
go.
– In picture b: Ben says:
Let’s go to the music
room. And Lucy says:
OK, let’s go.

- Play the audio twice (sentence by -Ss listen and repeat in

sentence). Correct their pronunciation chorus (twice)
where necessary.
- Have Ss to practice the diaguage -Ss work in pairs to
- T invites a few pairs to the front of the practice
class to practice. -Ss practice the diaguage
- T checks pronunciation for ss. -Ss listen

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to correctly say the

Listen, point words and use Let's go to the …… .- OK,
and say. let’s go. to make suggestions to go to a
place at school and express agreement.
*Procedure:
* Model sentences:
- T asks Ss look at picture a and helps Ss -Ss look at the picture and
know the structure from the dialogue. answer.
- T introduces new structure for Ss. -Ss listen
- T explains, models and gives meaning. -Ss listen and repeat
- Have Ss repeat the model sentences. -Ss repeat to the hobbies

A: Let’s go to the art room.

B: OK, let’s go.
3.Practice:
(7’) *Drill pictures
- Have Ss look at the pictures and elicit the -Ss listen and answer
names of the places
+Picture a: a computer
room
+Picture b. an art room
+Picture c. a music room
+Picture d. a gym

- Run through all the pictures. - Ss look, listen and repeat

- Run through model sentences. - Ss practice in chorus
- Have Ss to practise:
+ T say – Ss respond (change role). -Ss work in pairs to
+ Ss – Ss (change role). practice
- Ask Ss to work in pairs.
- T controls and corrects. -Ss listen
- Invite a few pairs to come to the front of -Ss go to the board and
the classroom, point at the pictures and point and say
say the questions and answers in front of
the class.
- T gives feedbacks. -Ss listen

*Aims: Ss will be able to enhance the

4.Production:
correct use of Let's go to the …... – OK,
(7’)
let's go. to make suggestions to go to a
Activity 4.
place at school and express agreement.
Let’s talk.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to guess each character and -Ss look at the picture and
what the children say. answer
+ What can you see in the picture? + Two Ss are standing in
+Who are they? the hall and pointing to
+Where are they? the four school rooms.
+What are they doing?
- Put Ss into pairs and encourage them to -Ss work in pairs
 make suggestions to go to a place at
school and express agreement using Let’s
go to the..… -Ok, let’s go. -Ss ask and answer
- Invite some pairs to stand up to perform
their exchanges.
*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
- T review the vocabulary and model - Ss listen
sentences. -Ss listen and clap their
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking / hands
active/ good…. as well as encourage
others to try more.
-Ss listen and take note
5. - Learn the vocabulary and model
Homework. sentences by heart
(2’) - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 6, Lesson 2
(4,5,6).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
………………………………………………………….…………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

****************************************
Week 11 Preparing date: November 13th , 2022
Period 41 Teaching date: 16/11(3C,3D), 18/11(3B),21/11(3A)

Unit 6: Our school

 Lesson 2 (4, 5, 6)

A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- listen to and understand simple exchanges in relation to the topic “Our school”
- read some sentences and match them with the correct pictures.
- practise the target sentence pattern by playing the game Guess the place.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 85, 86; audio Tracks 63; website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 47, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- *Aims: to create a friendly and active
up: (5’) atmosphere in the class to beginning the
Game: Slap lesson.
the board *Procedure:
- Divide class into 2 groups - Ss read the words
- How to play:
+ Each group chooses five Ss to play. - Ss play game
+ Class will read aloud.
+ Look at the picture, listen and slap the -Ss play game
picture you heard.
+ Who faster will get 1 mark.
 + Which group with higher mark is the
winner.
- T gives feedback.
- Say “Open your book page 47” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 6, Lesson 2 (4,5,6)”.

2.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to listen and

(27’) understand four communicative contexts
Activity 1. in which pupils make suggestions to go to
Listen and different places at school
number: *Procedure:
- Elicit the word for the place in each -Look at the pictures and
picture say:
- Point at the pictures respectively to + Picture a: a music
explain the context. room + Picture b: an
art room
+ Picture c: a gym
+ Picture d: a computer
room

- T ask Ss to guess the answers.

+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board.
- Listen to the tape: -Ss guess the answers
+ Play the recording
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to
swap books with their partners. - Ss listen to the tape and
+ Play the recording again to check write
answers together as a class. - Ss listen again, write and
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss to swap books with their
correct their answers. Then checks Ss’ partners.
guessing. - Ss check their answers
 - Play the recording, sentence by sentence, and guessing
for the class to listen and repeat in chorus.
-Ss listen and repeat.
*Aims: Ss will be able to read some
Activity 2. sentences and match them with the correct
Read and pictures.
match *Procedure:
- Get Ss to look at the pictures and identify
the places in the pictures. -Ss look at the picture and
say

- Have Ss look at the four dialogues and

the pictures. Elicit and model with pic 1 -Ss look and answer
+ Ask Ss to read the sentence 1 in chorus.
+ Ask Ss to match sentence 1 with the -Ss read
correct picture -Ss say and match
-Have Ss work in pairs and complete the
sentences 2, 3, 4. -Ss work in pairs and macth
- Ask a few Ss to stand up and read the
sentences aloud. -Ss read aloud
-T gives feedbacks.

*Aims: Ss will be able to practise the

Activity 3. target sentence pattern by playing the
Let’s play game Guess the place.
*Procedure:
 - Ss listen

-Ss play game

- Hold up a flash card for library and say:

We like reading. Let's go to ....
- Elicit the school room to complete the
sentence.
- Show Ss the flash card and have them -Ss play game
repeat the word and the sentence.
- Hold up another flash card and continue
with the game.
- Divide the class into two teams.
+ Each team in turn plays the game. If Ss
in a team can guess the correct picture,
they get a star.
+ After three or four rounds, the team with
the most stars is the winner.
+ Give the team a fun prize.

*Consolidation -Ss answer the questions

*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson -Ss listen and clap their
today? hands
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
3. - T praises some Ss who are hardworking /
Homework. active/ good…. as well as encourage -Ss listen and take note
(3’) others to try more.
 - Practice part 5 again.
- Prepare the new lesson: Unit 6, Lesson 3
(1,2,3).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

*********************************
Week 11 Preparing date: November 13th , 2022
Period 42 Teaching date: 16/11(3C,3D), 18/11(3B),21/11(3A)

Unit 6: Our school

Lesson 3 (1, 2, 3)

A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- correctly pronounce the sounds of the letters pl and cl in isolation, in the words
playground and classroom, and in the sentences Let's go to the playground. and Is that
your classroom
- listen and circle the correct words.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 88, 89; audio Tracks 64, 65, 66; website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 48, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: Game: Pass the ball
(5’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- Divide the class into 3 teams.
- Each team has 1 sticky ball. - Ss listen
- Play the music, Ss in each team take turns -Ss play game
to pass the ball.
+ After the music ends, 3 Ss have the ball –
stand up and say the name, using the
sentence model.
- Say “Open your book page 48” and look
- Ss open their books
at “Unit 6, Lesson 3 (1,2,3)”.

2.
*Aims: Ss will be able to correctly
Presentation(9’)
pronounce the sounds of the letters pl and
Activity 1.
cl in isolation, in the words playground and
Listen and
classroom, and in the sentences Let's go to
repeat:
the playground. and Is that your
classroom?
*Procedure:
- T gives instruction to the letter pl and cl,
- Ss recognize the
playground and classroom, and in the
differences about color
sentences Let's go to the playground. and Is
of letter
that your classroom?
- Play the recording for the letter cl, pl.
- - Ss listen
- Encourage Ss to point at the letter/ word/
- Ss listen and point
sentence while listening.
- Play the recording again and encourage Ss
 to listen and repeat. - Ss listen again and
- Do this several times until Ss feel repeat
confident. -Ss listen again and
- T calls some Ss to practice. repeat
- T gives feedbacks. -Ss practice
-Ss listen
*Aims: Ss will be able to identify the target
3.Practice: (19’) words playground and classroom while
Activity 2. listening.
Listen and *Procedure:
circle. - Elicit the sentences and the gap-fill
options. -Ss listen and say:
+ Number 1: Let’s go
- T ask Ss to guess the answers. to the …....
+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board. + Number 2: Is that
- Listen to the tape: our ……?
+ Play the recording -Ss guess the answers
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to - Ss listen to the tape
swap books with their partners. and circle
+ Play the recording again to check
answers together as a class. - Ss listen again, circle
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss to and swap books with
correct their answers. Then checks Ss’ their partners.
guessing. - Ss check their
- Play the recording, sentence by sentence, answers and guessing
for the class to listen and repeat in chorus. -Ss listen and repeat.
- Invite one or two Ss to stand up and read
the completed sentences. -Ss read the sentences
Key: 1.b 2.c

*Aims: Ss will be able to say the chant with

Activity 3. the correct rhythm and pronunciation.
Let’s chant *Procedure:
- Introduce the title and lyrics of the chant.
- Ss look and listen.
- Play the recording for Ss to listen to the -Ss listen to the chant
whole chant.
+ Have them repeat the title and lyrics line - Ss listen and repeat
by line. line by line without
+ Ask Ss to attend to the sounds of the clap their hands
letters pl and cland the words playground -Ss note the sounds,
and classroom. words
- Play the recording all the way through for -Ss listen to melody of
Ss to listen to pronunciation and melody. the chant
- Play the recording line by line for Ss to - Ss listen and chant
listen and repeat line by line.
- Play the recording for Ss to chant and - Ss chant and clap
clap along. along.
- Ask Ss to practice chant and clap along in - Ss work in groups
pairs or groups. (two groups) to chant
- Invite groups to the front of the classroom -Ss perform in front of
to perform the chant the class.
-T gives feedback. -Ss listen

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss listen.
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
 today?
+What are the core values of the lesson? (if -Ss answer the
the teacher can take from the lesson). questions
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking /
active/ good…. as well as encourage others
to try more.

4. Homework.- Practice the chant more. -Ss listen and clap

(2’) - Prepare a poster about their school in their hands
order to introduce their school to a new
pupil.
- Prepare the new lesson: Unit 6, Lesson 3 -Ss listen and take note
(4,5,6).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

***********************************
Week 11 Preparing date: November 13th , 2022
Period 43 Teaching date: 17/11(3C), 18/11(3D),22/11(3A,3B)
Unit 6: Our school
Lesson 3 (4, 5, 6)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- read and write about a school;
- make a poster to introduce their school to a new pupil.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 88, 89; website sachmem.vn, posters, laptop, pictures,
textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 49, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: *Aims: to review the vocabulary and
(5’) structure about greet and respond to
Game: greetings.
“Chant” *Procedure:
- Ask Ss chant and do the actions in Unit - Ss listen and chant
6, Lesson 3 page 48 in groups.
- Give point for the groups and encourage
them.
- Say “Open your book page 49” and - Ss open their books
look at “Unit 6, Lesson 3 (4, 5, 6)”.

2.Practice:(8’) *Aims: Ss will be able to read and

Activity 1. choose the words to complete the text.
Read and *Procedure:
complete:

- Elicit and introduce the context. - Ss look at the pictures

+ Minh is introducing his school to his and answer
friends.
 - Have Ss read aloud the words to fill in. -Ss read the words
- Model the first blank with Ss to make -Ss fill in the gap
sure that they know how to do the task.
- Give Ss enough time to complete the -Ss complete the text
text.
- Check the answers as a class. -Ss check their answer
- Have Ss read the text aloud. -Ss read aloud

3.Production: *Aims: Ss will be able to read and

(19’) complete a gapped paragraph to
Activity 2. introduce their school.
Let’s write *Procedure:
-Model the first gap and ask Ss what the -Ss listen and answer
missing word is.
- Have Ss write their answers. -Ss write the first gap
- Give Ss time to write the answers. -Ss write
- Have some Ss read their completed -SS read aloud
paragraph aloud.

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to introduce the

Project. school to a new pupil.
*Procedure:
- Point at the sample poster and explain -Ss listen
that the Ss is going to introduce his
school to some friends.
- Have Ss show the photos or pictures -Ss show the picture
that they have prepared for the project.
- Revise some structures and vocabulary -Ss listen and note
that Ss need for their presentations.
+Hello/ Hi, class. Im’……
+Welcome to my school. This is….
+This is….and that’s……
+ Now, let’s go to the…..
- Give Ss time to practise their -Ss practise
presentations by themselves.
 - Give Ss time to use their posters to -Ss present the poster
practise presenting within their groups.
- Select a few pupils to give their -Ss present in front of the
presentations in front of the class. class
- Have Ss go around their school to
introduce some school rooms to their -Ss go around their school
friends. One group introduces the school, to introduce some school
and others act as new pupils. rooms to their friends.

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson). -Ss listen and clap their
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking hands
/ active/ good…. as well as encourage
others to try more.

4. Homework. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 7, Lesson -Ss listen and take note
(3’) 1 (1, 2, 3).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

***********************************
Week 11 Preparing date: November 13th , 2022
Period 44 Teaching date: 17/11(3C), 18/11(3D),22/11(3A,3B)
 Unit 7: Classroom instructions
Lesson 1 (1, 2, 3)

A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
-use the words open, close, stand up, sit down and please in relation to the topic
“Classroom instructions”
-use …………. please! to give instructions;
- Vocabulary: open, close, stand up, sit down, please
- Skills: speaking and listening
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 90, audio Tracks 67, 68, website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 50, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: *Aims: to create a friendly and active
(3’) atmosphere in the class to beginning the
Sing: Baby lesson.
shark *Procedure:
- Show the song on the screen. - Ss sing and dance the
- Ask Ss to listen, sing and dance the song. song
- Say “Open your book page 50” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 7, Lesson 1 (1,2,3)”.

2. *Aims: Ss will be able to know the

Presentation vocabulary in front of starting the new
(16’) lesson.
Activity 1. *Procedure:
Vocabulary. -T elicits the new words
+ open : mở (mime) -Ss listen and answer
+ close : đóng (mime)
+ stand up :đứng lên (mime) - - Ss listen and repeat
+ sit down : ngồi xuống (mime) + Choral repetition (3
+ please : xin mời (translation) times).
- T models (3 times). + Individual repetition (3
- T writes the words on the board. ss)
- Checking: Rub out and remember
- Ss take note
Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to understand and - Ss look, remember and
Look, listen correctly repeat the sentences in two write
and repeat: communicative contexts (pictures) focusing
on classroom instructions.
*Procedure:
- Have Ss look at Pictures a and b and
identify names of the speakers in the -Look at the pictures and
pictures. say
+ In picture a: Class
says: Good morning, Ms
Hoa. Lucy
answers: Hello, class. Sit
down, please!
+ In picture b: Ms Hoa
says: Open your books,
- Play the audio twice (sentence by please!
sentence). Correct their pronunciation -Ss listen and repeat in
where necessary. chorus (twice)
- Have Ss to practice the dialogue
- T invites a few pairs to the front of the -Ss work in pairs to
class to practice. practice
- T checks pronunciation for ss. -Ss practice the dialogue
 -Ss listen
Activity 3 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to correctly say the
Listen, point words and use ……. , please! to give
and say. instructions
*Procedure:
* Model sentences:
- T asks Ss look at picture a and helps Ss
know the structure from the dialogue. -Ss look at the picture
- T introduces new structure for Ss. and answer.
- T explains, models and gives meaning.
-Have Ss repeat the model sentences. -Ss listen
-Ss listen and repeat
Sit down, please!
-Ss repeat to the place
3.Practice: *Drill pictures
(7’) - Elicit the school thing and the character in
each picture. - Ss look, listen and
answer
+ Picture a: a book
opening
+ Picture b: a book
closing
+ Picture c: a girl
about to stand up
- Have S point at Picture a, listen to the + Picture d: a boy
recording and repeat the phrase about to sit down
(open your book).
-Ss listen and repeat
- Follow the same procedure with the other
three pictures.
-Ss practice
- Point at the bubble and Picture a and have
S listen and repeat after the
-Ss listen and repeat
recording (Open your book, please!).
- Have pairs practise saying ______,
-Ss practice
please! with Pictures b, c and d.
- Invite a few pairs to point at the pictures
 and give instructions for the class to act out -Ss point, say nd do
action
4.Production: *Aims: Ss will be able to enhance the
(7’) correct use of ………., please! to give
Activity 4. instructions
Let’s talk. *Procedure:
- Have Ss look at the picture and elicit the
question and the answer in context.
-Ss look at the picture
+ A picture of a classroom in which pupils
and answer
are asking the teacher for her permission to
(open the book / close the book / stand up /
sit down)
- Put Ss work in pairs to give and respond
to instructions. Go around the classroom to
-Ss work in pairs
offer support while they are acting out the
instructions.
- Invite some pairs of Ss to the front of the
class to act out the instructions.
-Ss act out the
instructions.
*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions:
-Ss answer the questions
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson? (if
the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T review the vocabulary and model
sentences.
- Ss listen
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking /
active/ good…. as well as encourage others
-Ss listen and clap their
to try more.
hands
5. - Learn the vocabulary and model sentences
Homework. by heart -Ss listen and take note
(2’) - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 7, Lesson 1
(4,5,6).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
………………………………………………………….…………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

****************************************
Week 12 Preparing date: November 19th , 2022
Period 45 Teaching date: 23/11(3C,3D), 25/11(3B),28/11(3A)

Unit 7: Classroom instructions

Lesson 1(4, 5, 6)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- listen to and understand two communicative contexts in which pupils introduce
someone and respond to the introduction.
- read and complete the sentences correctly.
- recognise target words while listening and acting out the classroom instructions by
playing the game Sit down, please!
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 92; audio Tracks 69; website sachmem.vn, posters,
laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 51, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: *Aims: to create a friendly and active
(5’) atmosphere in the class to beginning the
Game: Simon lesson.
says *Procedure:
- T is the “Simon” and calls out the - Ss listen
actions. Every student must follow and
do the action, but only when they hear -Ss play game
“Simon says ...”.
- If teacher leaves out “Simon says” - Ss play game
before giving instruction, anyone who
does the action is out.
- Then, teacher can choose one or more -Ss play game
students as the leader to continue a game.
- Say “Open your book page 51” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 7, Lesson 1 (4,5,6)”.

2.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to listen to and

(27’) understand two communicative contexts
Activity 1. in which Ms Hoa gives pupils two
Listen and instructions.
tick: *Procedure:
- Elicit the instruction used in each -Look at the pictures and
picture. say:
- Point at the pictures respectively to + Picture 1a: a book
explain the context. opening
+ Picture1 b: a book
closing
+ Picture 2a: a boy about
to stand up
 + Picture 2b: a boy about
to sit down

- T ask Ss to guess the answers. -Ss guess the answers

+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board.
- Listen to the tape: - Ss listen to the tape and
+ Play the recording tick
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to - Ss listen again, tick and
swap books with their partners. swap books with their
+ Play the recording again to check partners.
answers together as a class.
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss - Ss check their answers
to correct their answers. Then checks Ss’ and guessing
guessing.
- Play the recording, sentence by -Ss listen and repeat.
sentence, for the class to listen and repeat
in chorus.

Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to complete the

Look, four target sentence patterns with the
complete help of the picture cues.
and read *Procedure:
- Get Ss to look at the pictures and -Ss look at the picture and
identify the instruction used in each say
picture.
- Have Ss look at the four incomplete -Ss look and answer
sentences. Elicit and model with picture 1
+ Ask Ss to read the sentence 1 in -Ss read
chorus.
+ Ask Ss what word is missing in the gap -Ss say and write
(Open). Then have them complete the
sentence (Open your book, please!).
-Have Ss work in pairs and complete the -Ss work in pairs and
sentences 2, 3, 4. complete
 - Ask a few Ss to stand up and read the -Ss read aloud
sentences aloud.
-T gives feedbacks.

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to recognise target

Let’s play words while listening and acting out the
classroom instructions by playing the
game Sit down, please!
*Procedure:
- Put Ss into groups of 5 or 6. Choose one - Ss listen
pupil from each group as aperson who
gives instructions for the rest of the group -Ss play game
to act out.
- Model by saying: Stand up, please! Ss
respond to this instruction by
standing up.
- Have groups play the game. One pupil -Ss play game
in each group gives instructions for his /
her group to act out.
+ Ss perform the wrong action are out of
the game.
- The winning group is the one that has
the highest number of members left at the
end of the game.

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
 - T praises some Ss who are -Ss listen and clap their
hardworking / active/ good…. as well as hands
encourage others to try more.

3. - Practice part 5 again.

Homework. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 7, Lesson -Ss listen and take note
(3’) 2 (1,2,3).

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

****************************************
Week 12 Preparing date: November 19th , 2022
Period 46 Teaching date: 23/11(3C,3D), 25/11(3B),28/11(3A)

Unit 7: Classroom instructions

Lesson 2 (1, 2, 3)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- use the words go out, come in, speak, English, Vietnamese in relation to the topic
“Classroom instructions”
- use May I …………? – Yes, you can. / No, you can’t. to ask for and give permission
- Vocabulary: open, close, stand up, sit down, please
- Skills: speaking and listening
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 93, audio Tracks 70, 71, website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 52, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: *Aims: to create a friendly and active
(3’) atmosphere in the class to beginning the
Matching lesson.
game *Procedure:
- Using pictures and flashcards, get 3 - Ss sing and matching
pupils hold the pictures and 3 more hold
the sentences.
- Ask them to find and match. Praise the
ones who finish the matching.
- Then ask the class to look and say aloud.
- Say “Open your book page 52” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 7, Lesson 2 (1,2,3)”.

2. *Aims: Ss will be able to know the

Presentation vocabulary in front of starting the new
(16’) lesson.
Activity 1. *Procedure:
Vocabulary. -T elicits the new words -Ss listen and answer
+ go out : đi ra (mime)
+ come in : đi vào (mime) - - Ss listen and repeat
+ speak :nói (situation) + Choral repetition (3
+ Vietnamese: tiếng Việt (explain) times).
+ English : tiếng Anh (translation) + Individual repetition (3
- T models (3 times). ss)
- T writes the words on the board. - Ss take note
- Checking: Rub out and remember - Ss look, remember and
write
Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to correctly say the
Look, listen words and use May I ………? and Yes, you
and repeat: can. / No, you can’t. to ask for and give
permission.
*Procedure:
- Have Ss look at Pictures a and b and -Look at the pictures and
identify names of the speakers in the say
pictures. + In picture a: Ben asks:
May I open the book? Mr
Long says: No, you can’t.
+ In picture b: Mai asks:
May I go out? Mr Long
says: Yes, you can

- Play the audio twice (sentence by -Ss listen and repeat in

sentence). Correct their pronunciation chorus (twice)
where necessary.
- Have Ss to practice the dialogue -Ss work in pairs to
- T invites a few pairs to the front of the practice
class to practice. -Ss practice the dialogue
- T checks pronunciation for ss. -Ss listen
Activity 3 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to correctly say the
Listen, point words and use May I ……. ? and Yes, you
and say. can. / No, you can’t. to
ask for and give permission. *Procedure:
* Model sentences:
- T asks Ss look at picture b and helps Ss -Ss look at the picture and
know the structure from the dialogue. answer.
- T introduces new structure for Ss.
- T explains, models and gives meaning. -Ss listen
 -Have Ss repeat the model sentences. -Ss listen and repeat

A: May I go out? -Ss repeat to the place

B: Yes, you can. / No, you can’t

3.Practice: *Drill pictures

(7’) - Have Ss look at the pictures and identify - Ss look, listen and
the characters. answer
+ Picture a: A boy asks
Mr Long for his
permission to leave the
classroom.
+ Picture b: A boy asks
Mr Long for his
permission to speak
- Run through all the pictures. Vietnamese.
- Run through model sentences. + Picture c: A girl asks
- Have Ss to practise: the teacher for her
+ T asks, Ss answer picture a permission to open her
+ Ss ask, T answers picture b book.
+ Group A ask, group B answer picture c + Picture d: A boy asks
+ Group B ask, group A answer picture d Ms Hoa for her
- Ask Ss to work in pairs. permission to sit down.
- T controls and corrects. -Ss listen and repeat
- Invite a few pairs to come to the front of -Ss practice in chorus
the classroom and point at the pictures and -Ss work in pairs to
say the questions and answers in front of practice
the class. -Ss point and say
- T gives feedbacks. -Ss listen.

4.Production: *Aims: Ss will be able to enhance the

(7’) correct use of May I …….? and Yes, you
Activity 4. can. / No, you can’t. to ask for and give
Let’s talk. permission.
*Procedure:
 - Have Ss look at the picture and elicit the -Ss look at the picture and
question and the answer in context. answer
+ Who are they? + A picture of a
+ Where are they? classroom in which pupils
+ What are they talking about? are asking the teacher for
her permission to
- Put Ss work in pairs to give and respond (open the book / close the
to instructions. book / stand up / sit down)
- Invite some pairs of Ss to the front of the -Ss work in pairs
class to act out the instructions. -Ss act out the
instructions.
*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T review the vocabulary and model - Ss listen
sentences.
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking / -Ss listen and clap their
active/ good…. as well as encourage hands
others to try more.
5. - Learn the vocabulary and model -Ss listen and take note
Homework. sentences by heart
(2’) - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 7, Lesson 2
(4,5,6).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

***********************************
Week 12 Preparing date: November 19th , 2022
Period 47 Teaching date: 24/11(3C), 25/11(3D),29/11(3A,3B)

Unit 7: Classroom instructions

Lesson 2 (4, 5, 6)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- listen to and understand four communicative contexts and number the correct pictures.
- complete six gapped sentences with the help of picture cues.
- sing the song May I come in and sit down? with the correct pronunciation, rhythm and
melody.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 95; audio Tracks 72; website sachmem.vn, posters,
laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 53, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: *Aims: to create a friendly and active
(5’) atmosphere in the class to beginning the
Game: Slap lesson.
the board *Procedure:
- Divide class into 2 groups
- How to play: - Ss read the words
+ Each group chooses five Ss to play.
+ Class will read aloud. - Ss play game
+ Look at the picture, listen and slap the
picture you heard. -Ss play game
+ Who faster will get 1 mark.
+ Which group with higher mark is the
winner.
- T gives feedback.
- Say “Open your book page 53” and look
at “Unit 7, Lesson 2 (4,5,6)”. - Ss open their books

2.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to listen to and

(27’) understand four communicative contexts
Activity 1. in which pupils ask their teachers for
Listen and permission.
number: *Procedure:
- Elicit the questions to ask for
permission used in the pictures. -Look at the pictures and
- Point at the pictures respectively to say:
explain the context. + Picture a: Minh asks Ms
Hoa’s permission to speak
Vietnamese.
+ Picture b: Nam asks Ms
Hoa’s permission to open a
book.
+ Picture c: Linh asks Ms
Hoa’s permission to leave
the classroom.
- T ask Ss to guess the answers. + Picture d: Bill asks Ms
+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board. Hoa’s permission to sit
- Listen to the tape: down.
+ Play the recording -Ss guess the answers
 + Play the recording again and get Ss to - Ss listen to the tape and
swap books with their partners. write
+ Play the recording again to check
answers together as a class. - Ss listen again, write and
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss swap books with their
to correct their answers. Then checks Ss’ partners.
guessing. - Ss check their answers
- Play the recording, sentence by and guessing
sentence, for the class to listen and repeat
in chorus. -Ss listen and repeat.

Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to complete the six

Look, target sentence patterns in the dialogues
complete with the help of the picture cues.
and read *Procedure:
- Get Ss to look at the pictures and
identify what the characters in the -Ss look at the picture and
pictures are asking for. say
- Have Ss look at the four dialogues and
the pictures. Elicit and model with pict 1 -Ss look and answer
+ Ask Ss to read the sentence 1 in
chorus. -Ss read
+ Ask them what word is missing in the
answer (can’t). Then have them complete -Ss say and complete
the answer (No, you can’t.).
-Have Ss work in pairs and complete the
sentences 2, 3, 4. -Ss work in pairs and
- Ask a few Ss to stand up and read the complete
sentences aloud. -Ss read aloud
-T gives feedbacks.
Activity 3.
Let’s sing *Aims: Ss will be able to sing the song
May I come in and sit down? with the
correct pronunciation and melody
*Procedure:
 - Introduce the title and lyrics of the song:
“May I come in and sit down?” - Ss listen
- Play the recording for Ss to listen to the
whole song. -Ss listen to the song
+ Have them repeat the title and lyrics
line by line. - Ss listen and repeat line
+ Tell Ss to point at the pictures while by line without the action.
singing. -Ss point to the pictures
- Play the recording all the way through while singing
for Ss to listen to pronunciation and -Ss listen to melody of the
melody of the song. song
- Play the recording line by line for Ss to
listen, repeat and point to the pictures - Ss listen and sing line by
- Play the recording for Ss to sing and do line.
actions. - Ss sing and do actions.
- Ask Ss to practice singing and doing
actions in pairs or groups. + Ss work in groups (two
- Invite groups to the front of the groups) to sing.
classroom to perform the song -Ss perform in front of the
-T gives feedback. class.
-Ss listen
*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions: -Ss answer the questions
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T praises some Ss who are
hardworking / active/ good…. as well as -Ss listen and clap their
encourage others to try more. hands
3.
Homework. - Practice part 5 again.
(3’) - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 7, Lesson -Ss listen and take note
3 (1,2,3).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

***********************************
Week 12 Preparing date: November 19th , 2022
Period 48 Teaching date: 24/11(3C), 25/11(3D),29/11(3A,3B)

Unit 7: Classroom instructions

Lesson 3 (1, 2, 3)

A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
-repeat and pronounce the sounds of the consonant clusters sp and st in isolation, in the
words speak and stand and in the sentences Speak English, please! and May I stand up?
with the correct pronunciation and intonation;
-identify the target words speak and stand and the sentences Speak English, please! and
May I stand up? while listening.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 97; audio Tracks 74, 75, 76; website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 54, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- *Aims: to create a friendly and active
up: (5’) atmosphere in the class to beginning the
Game: Pass lesson.
the ball *Procedure:
- Divide the class into 3 teams. - Ss listen
- Each team has 1 sticky ball. -Ss play game
- Play the music, Ss in each team take
turns to pass the ball.
+ After the music ends, 3 Ss have the ball
– stand up and say the name, using the
sentence model.
- Say “Open your book page 54” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 7, Lesson 3 (1,2,3)”.

2. *Aims: Ss will be able to correctly repeat

Presentation the sounds of the consonant clusters sp
(9’) and st in isolation, in the words speak and
Activity 1. stand and in the sentences Speak English,
Listen and please! and May I stand up? with the
repeat: correct pronunciation and intonation
*Procedure:
- T gives instruction to the letter sp and st, - Ss recognize the
speak and stand, and in the sentences differences about color of
Speak English, please! and May I stand letter
up?
- Play the recording for the letter sp, st. - - Ss listen
- Encourage Ss to point at the letter/ word/
sentence while listening. - Ss listen and point
- Play the recording again and encourage - Ss listen again and repeat
Ss to listen and repeat.
 - Do this several times until Ss feel -Ss listen again and repeat
confident.
- T calls some Ss to practice. -Ss practice
- T gives feedbacks. -Ss listen

3.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to identify the

(19’) target words speak and stand while
Activity 2. listening.
Listen and *Procedure:
tick. - Elicit the sentences and the gap-fill -Ss listen and say:
options. + Number 1: …..., please.
+ Number 2: May I stand
- T ask Ss to guess the answers. up ……?
+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board. -Ss guess the answers
- Listen to the tape:
+ Play the recording - Ss listen to the tape and
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to tick
swap books with their partners.
+ Play the recording again to check - Ss listen again, tick and
answers together as a class. swap books with their
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss to partners.
correct their answers. Then checks Ss’
guessing.
- Play the recording, sentence by - Ss check their answers
sentence, for the class to listen and repeat and guessing
in chorus.
- Invite one or two Ss to stand up and read -Ss listen and repeat.
the completed sentences. -Ss read the sentences
Key: 1.b 2.a

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to say the chant

Let’s chant with the correct rhythm and pronunciation
*Procedure:
- Introduce the title and lyrics of the chant. - Ss look and listen.
- Play the recording for Ss to listen to the -Ss listen to the chant
 whole chant.
+ Have them repeat the title and lyrics line - Ss listen and repeat line
by line. by line without clap their
+ Ask Ss to attend to the sounds of the hands
letters sp and st and the words speak and -Ss note the sounds, words
stand.
- Play the recording all the way through -Ss listen to melody of the
for Ss to listen to pronunciation and chant
melody.
- Play the recording line by line for Ss to - Ss listen and chant line by
listen and repeat line.
- Play the recording for Ss to chant and - Ss chant and clap along.
clap along.
- Ask Ss to practice chant and clap along - Ss work in groups (two
in pairs or groups. groups) to chant
- Invite groups to the front of the -Ss perform in front of the
classroom to perform the chant class.
-T gives feedback. -Ss listen

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson? -Ss listen and clap their
(if the teacher can take from the lesson). hands
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking /
active/ good…. as well as encourage
others to try more.

4. - Practice the chant more. -Ss listen and take note

Homework. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 7, Lesson 3
(2’) (4,5,6).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

****************************************
Week 13 Preparing date: November 27th , 2022
Period 49 Teaching date: 30/11(3C,3D), 02/12(3B),05/12(3A)

Unit 7: Classroom instructions

Lesson 3 (4, 5, 6)

A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
-read and match two sentences and two dialogues with four pictures.
-read, understand and complete the incomplete sentences by writing the correct words
in the gaps.
-make classroom instructions, choose one from the box and read it to the classmates to
act out.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 98, 99; website sachmem.vn, posters, laptop, pictures,
textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 55, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: *Aims: to review the vocabulary and
(5’) structure about greet and respond to
Game: greetings.
“Chant” *Procedure:
- Ask Ss chant and do the actions in Unit - Ss listen and chant
7, Lesson 3 page 54 in groups.
- Give point for the groups and encourage
them.
- Say “Open your book page 55” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 7, Lesson 3 (4, 5, 6)”.

2.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to read and match

(8’) two sentences and two dialogues with four
Activity 1. pictures
Read and *Procedure:
match: - Elicit and introduce four picture cues, - Ss look at the pictures
two sentences and two dialogues to match and answer
- Have Ss read the first sentence in chorus -Ss read the first dentence
- Model by drawing a line to match it with -Ss match
Picture d and make sure that Ss know how
to do the task.
- Give Ss enough time to complete the -Ss match
text. -Ss check their answer
- Check the answers as a class. -Ss read aloud
- Have Ss read the text aloud.

3.Production: *Aims: Ss will be able to read,

(19’) understand and complete the incomplete
Activity 2. sentences by writing the correct words in
Let’s write the gaps.
 *Procedure:
-Write the first incomplete sentence on the -Ss look and listen
board: 1. Open your.., please!
- Read the incomplete sentence as a class. -Ss read
+ Elicit the word Ss have to write in the
first gap and encourage them to say it. -Ss write
- Give Ss time to write down the answer -Ss do the task
2, 3, 4.
- Invite one or two Ss to stand up, listen -Ss listen and repeat
and repeat the sentences

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to make classroom

Project. instructions, choose one from the box and
read it to the classmates to act out.
*Procedure:
- Put Ss into groups or ask the whole class -Ss listen
to work together.
- Tell Ss to write instructions on their - Ss write instructions
sheets of paper, then fold and put them in + Example: Stand up / Sit
a box (each pupil writes just one down, please!
instruction). Close / Open your book(s),
please!
Go to the board, please!
Go there / Come here,
please!
- Get each Ss to choose one instruction in Tell me / Spell your name,
the box then read it to the group/ whole please! …)
class to act out. -Ss choose instruction and
- Give Ss enough time to complete each read it
step. -Ss do the task
- Create a class display using the pictures -Ss vote for the most
and vote for the most creative. creative

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
 wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T praises some Ss who are -Ss listen and clap their
hardworking / active/ good…. as well as hands
encourage others to try more.

4. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 8, Lesson 1 -Ss listen and take note
Homework. (1, 2, 3).
(3’)
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

****************************************
Week 13 Preparing date: November 27th , 2022
Period 50 Teaching date: 30/11(3C,3D), 02/12(3B),05/12(3A)

Unit 8: My school things

Lesson 1 (1, 2, 3)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- use the words pen, ruler, book, school bag, have in relation to the topic “School
things”
- use I have ……….. to talk about having a school thing
- understand and correctly repeat the sentences in two communicative contexts
(pictures) to talk about having a school thing.
- Vocabulary: pen, ruler, book, school bag, have
- Skills: speaking and listening
2. Competences:
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
- Communication and collaboration: work in pairs or groups.
- Sociability: talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 100, 101, audio Tracks 77, 78, website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 56, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: *Aims: to create a friendly and active
(3’) atmosphere in the class to beginning the
Jigsaw lesson.
puzzle *Procedure:
- Divide class into 4 groups: Tom, Jerry, - Ss listen
Miu and Chit.
- Ask Ss look at the pieces of picture. -Ss look at the pieces of
the picture

- Ask Ss go to the board and jigsaw puzzle -Ss put into the correct
into the correct picture. picture
-T checks who’s the winner? - Say “Open -Ss check
your book page 56” and look at “Unit 8,
 Lesson 1 (1,2,3)”.

2. *Aims: Ss will be able to know the

Presentation vocabulary in front of starting the new
(16’) lesson.
Activity 1. *Procedure:
Vocabulary. -T elicits the new words -Ss listen and answer
+ pen : bút mực (realia) - - Ss listen and repeat
+ ruler : thước kẻ (realia) + Choral repetition (3
+ book :quyển sách (realia) times).
+ school bag: cặp sách (realia) + Individual repetition (3
+ have : có (translation) ss)
- T models (3 times). - Ss take note
- T writes the words on the board. - Ss look, remember and
- Checking: Rub out and remember write

Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to understand and

Look, listen correctly repeat the sentences in two
and repeat: communicative contexts (pictures) to talk
about having a school thing.
*Procedure:
- Have Ss look at Pictures a and b and -Look at the pictures and
identify the characters (Linh and Ben) in say
the pictures. + In picture a: Linh
shows Ben her new pen
and says: Look, Ben. I
have a pen. Ben
expresses his surprise and
says: It's nice. I like it.
+ In picture b: Linh
shows Ben a ruler and
says: I have a ruler, too.
Ben says: It's nice.
 - Play the audio twice (sentence by -Ss listen and repeat in
sentence). Correct their pronunciation chorus (twice)
where necessary.
- Have Ss to practice the dialogue -Ss work in pairs to
- T invites a few pairs to the front of the practice
class to practice. -Ss practice the dialogue
- T checks pronunciation for ss. -Ss listen

*Aims: Ss will be able to correctly say the

words and use: I have …….
Activity 3 to talk about having a school thing.
2. Listen, *Procedure:
point and * Model sentences:
say. - T asks Ss look at picture a and helps Ss
know the structure from the dialogue.
- T introduces new structure for Ss. -Ss look at the picture
- T explains, models and gives meaning. and answer.
-Have Ss repeat the model sentences. -Ss listen
-Ss listen and repeat
I have a pen.
-Ss repeat
*Drill pictures
- Have Ss look at the pictures and identify
3.Practice: the school things in the pictures
(7’) - Ss look, listen and
answer
+ Picture a: a pen
+ Picture b: a ruler
+ Picture c: a book
+ Picture d: a school bag
- Run through all the pictures.
- Run through model sentences.
- Have Ss to practise: -Ss listen and repeat
+Tell Ss to point at the relevant school -Ss practice in chorus,
thing in the picture when they are repeating individuals.
 the sentence
- T controls and corrects.
- Invite a few pupils to stand up, point at
each school thing in the picture and say he -Ss point and say
sentence aloud.
- T gives feedbacks. -Ss listen.

*Aims: Ss will be able enhance the correct

use of I have ……. to talk about having a
4.Production: school thing.
(7’) *Procedure:
Activity 4.
Let’s talk.

- Have Ss look at the picture and elicit the

question and the answer in context.
+ Who are they? -Ss look at the picture
+ Where are they? and answer
+ What are they talking about? + Two pupils talk about
having a school thing (a
- Point at each school thing, elicit the book, a school bag, a pen
missing words in the bubble (I have a book and a ruler).
/ruler / …). -Ss point and say
- Get Ss to say the completed sentence.
- Put Ss into pairs point at the school things
in the picture and in the classroom -Ss say the sentence
respectively to say the sentence I -Ss work in pairs, point
have………. and say

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
 *Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson -Ss answer the questions
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T review the vocabulary and model
sentences.
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking / - Ss listen
active/ good…. as well as encourage others
to try more. -Ss listen and clap their
hands
- Learn the vocabulary and model
sentences by heart
5. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 8, Lesson 2 -Ss listen and take note
Homework. (4,5,6).
(2’)

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

***********************************
Week 13 Preparing date: November 27th , 2022
Period 51 Teaching date: 01/12(3C), 02/12(3D),06/12(3A,3B)

Unit 8: My school things

Lesson 1 (4, 5, 6)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- listen to and understand two communicative contexts in which pupils talk about the
school things they have.
- read and complete the four gapped sentences with the help of the picture cues.
- sing the song School things with the correct pronunciation and melody.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Oral Communication: sing the song – Let’s sing.
- Written Communication: complete the sentences.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
- Communication and collaboration: work in pairs or groups.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 102, 103; audio Tracks 79, 80; website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 57, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- *Aims: to create a friendly and active
up: (5’) atmosphere in the class to beginning the
Sentence lesson.
Puzzle *Procedure:
- Divide the class into groups of four. - Ss listen
- Give each group a sentence that is -Ss listen
broken/cut in to pieces.
- Ask Ss to arrange them to make a - Ss arrange and read aloud
complete sentence, then read it aloud.
- The group makes it first will be the -Ss congratuate the winner
winner.
- Say “Open your book page 57” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 8, Lesson 1 (4,5,6)”.
2.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to listen to and
(27’) understand two communicative contexts in
Activity 1. which pupils talk about the school things
Listen and they have.
tick: *Procedure:
- Elicit the name of the school thing in -Look at the pictures and
each picture. say:
- Point at the pictures respectively to + Picture 1a: a book
explain the context. + Picture1 b: a pen
+ Picture 2a: a school bag
+ Picture 2b: a ruler

- T ask Ss to guess the answers. -Ss guess the answers

+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board. - Ss listen to the tape and
- Listen to the tape: tick
+ Play the recording
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to - Ss listen again, tick and
swap books with their partners. swap books with their
+ Play the recording again to check partners.
answers together as a class.
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss to - Ss check their answers
correct their answers. Then checks Ss’ and guessing
guessing.
- Play the recording, sentence by sentence, -Ss listen and repeat.
for the class to listen and repeat in chorus.

Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to read and

Look, complete the four gapped sentences with
complete the help of the picture cues.
and read *Procedure:
- Have Ss look at the picture cues and -Ss look at the picture and
 identify the school things (a pen, a book, a say
ruler and a school bag)
- Have Ss look at the four incomplete -Ss look and answer
sentences. Elicit and model with picture 1
+ Ask Ss to read the sentence 1 in chorus. -Ss read
+ Ask Ss what word is missing in the gap
(pen). Then have them complete the -Ss say and write
sentence (I have a pen).
-Have Ss work in pairs and complete the -Ss work in pairs and
sentences 2, 3, 4. complete
- Ask a few Ss to stand up and read the -Ss read aloud
sentences aloud.
-T gives feedbacks.

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to sing the song

Let’s sing School things with the correct
pronunciation and melody.
*Procedure:
- Play the recording for Ss to listen to the -Ss listen to the song
whole song.
+ Have them repeat the title and lyrics line - Ss listen and repeat line
by line. by line without the action.
+ Tell Ss to point at the pictures while -Ss point to the pictures
singing. while singing
- Play the recording all the way through -Ss listen to melody of the
for Ss to listen to pronunciation and song
melody of the song.
- Play the recording line by line for Ss to - Ss listen and sing line by
listen, repeat and point to the pictures line.
- Play the recording for Ss to sing and do - Ss sing and do actions.
actions.
- Ask Ss to practice singing and doing + Ss work in groups (two
actions in pairs or groups. groups) to sing.
- Invite groups to the front of the -Ss perform in front of the
classroom to perform the song class.
 -T gives feedback. -Ss listen

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking / -Ss listen and clap their
active/ good…. as well as encourage hands
others to try more.

3. - Practice part 5 again. -Ss listen and take note

Homework. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 8, Lesson 2
(3’) (1,2,3).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

***********************************
Week 13 Preparing date: November 27th , 2022
Period 52 Teaching date: 01/12(3C), 02/12(3D),06/12(3A,3B)

Unit 8: My school things

Lesson 2 (1, 2, 3)

A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- understand and correctly repeat the sentences in two communicative contexts
(pictures) focusing on the questions and answers about having a school thing.
- correctly say the words and use Do you have ……..? − Yes, I do. / No, I don’t. to ask
and answer questions about having a school thing.
- enhance the correct use of Do you have …………..? − Yes, I do. / No, I don’t. to ask
and answer questions about having a school thing.
- Vocabulary: pencil, pencil case, notebook, eraser
- Skills: speaking and listening
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 103, 104, 105, audio Tracks 81, 82, website
sachmem.vn, posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 58, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: *Aims: to create a friendly and active
(3’) atmosphere in the class to beginning the
Pass the lesson.
school things. *Procedure:
- Review the previous lesson by having the - Ss listen
class pass the school things with the music.
- When the music stops, those who have
school things have to say the sentence: I - Ss play game
have a …
- Say “Open your book page 52” and look -Ss open their books
at “Unit 8, Lesson 2 (1, 2, 3)”.

2. *Aims: Ss will be able to know the

Presentation vocabulary in front of starting the new
(16’) lesson.
Activity 1. *Procedure:
Vocabulary. -T elicits the new words -Ss listen and answer
+ pencil : bút chì (realia) - - Ss listen and repeat
+ pencil case: hộp bút (realia) + Choral repetition (3
+ notebook :quyển vở (realia) times).
+ eraser : cục tẩy (realia) + Individual repetition (3
- T models (3 times). ss)
- T writes the words on the board. - Ss take note
- Checking: Rub out and remember - Ss look, remember and
write

Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to understand and

Look, listen correctly repeat the sentences in two
and repeat: communicative contexts (pictures) focusing
on the questions and answers about having
a school thing.
*Procedure Ss look at Pictures a and b -Look at the pictures and
and identify names of the speakers in the say
pictures. + In picture a: Mary asks
Minh if he has a pen: Do
you have a pen? and he
answers: Yes, I do.
+ In picture b: Mary asks
Minh if he has a ruler: Do
you have a ruler? and he
answers: No, I don’t.
-Ss listen and repeat in
chorus (twice)

- Play the audio twice (sentence by -Ss work in pairs to

sentence). Correct their pronunciation practice
where necessary.
- Have Ss to practice the dialogue -Ss practice the dialogue
 - T invites a few pairs to the front of the -Ss listen
class to practice.
- T checks pronunciation for ss.

Activity 3 *Aims: Ss will be able to correctly say the

2. Listen, words and use Do you have ……….? −
point and Yes, I do. / No, I don’t. to ask and answer
say. questions about having a school thing.
*Procedure:
* Model sentences:
- T asks Ss look at picture a, b and helps Ss -Ss look at the picture
know the structure from the dialogue. and answer.
- T introduces new structure for Ss. -Ss listen
- T explains, models and gives meaning. -Ss listen and repeat
-Have Ss repeat the model sentences. -Ss repeat

A: Do you have a pen?

B: Yes, I do. / No, I don’t

3.Practice: *Drill pictures

(7’) - Have Ss look at the pictures and identify - Ss look, listen and
the school things. answer
- Run through all the pictures. + Picture a: a pencil
- Run through model sentences. + Picture b: a pencil
+Run through question sentence case
+Run through answer sentence + Picture c: a notebook
- Have Ss to practise: + Picture d: an eraser
+ T asks, Ss answer picture a -Ss listen and repeat
+ Ss asks, T answers picture b
+ Group A ask, group B answer picture c -Ss practice in chorus
+ Group B ask, group A answer picture d
- Ask Ss to work in pairs. -Ss work in pairs to
- T controls and corrects. practice
- Invite a few pairs to come to the front of -Ss point and say
the classroom and point at the pictures and
 say the questions and answers in front of
the class.
- T gives feedbacks. -Ss listen.

4.Production: *Aims: Ss will be able to enhance the

(7’) correct use of Do you have …….? − Yes, I
Activity 4. do. / No, I don’t. to ask and answer
Let’s talk. questions about having a school thing.
*Procedure:
- Have Ss look at the picture and elicit the -Ss look at the picture
question and the answer in context. and answer
+ Who are they? + Two pupils ask and
+ What are they talking about? answer the question
about having a school
thing (a book, a
- Put Ss work in pairs to ask and answer notebook, a school bag,
with with yes/ no an eraser, a pen, a
- Invite some pairs to the front of the pencil, a pencil case and
classroom to take turns to hold up a school a ruler.
thing in their classroom. -Ss work in pairs

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss ask and answer.
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson -Ss answer the questions
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T review the vocabulary and model - Ss listen
sentences.
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking / -Ss listen and clap their
active/ good…. as well as encourage others hands
 to try more.

5. - Learn the vocabulary and model -Ss listen and take note
Homework. sentences by heart
(2’) - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 8, Lesson 2
(4,5,6).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

****************************************
Week 14 Preparing date: December 04th , 2022
Period 53 Teaching date: 07/12(3C,3D), 09/12(3B),12/12(3A)

Unit 8: My school things

Lesson 2 (4, 5, 6)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- listen to and understand four communicative contexts in which pupils ask and answer
questions about having a school thing.
- read and match four simple exchanges with the correct pictures
- review vocabulary words for school things and use them in the sentence patterns Do
you have ………...? and Yes, I do. / No, I don’t. by playing the matching game or
Pelmanism.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 105, 106, 107; audio Tracks 83; website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 59, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: *Aims: to create a friendly and active
(5’) atmosphere in the class to beginning the
Game: Who lesson.
says fast? *Procedure:
- Hold a school thing card, then reveal it - Ss listen
slowly.
- Ask What is it? - Ss play game
- Ask the Ss guess the answer as fast as
possible. -Ss play game
- Then have Ss do the same with the rest.
- This can be played in groups to make it
more interesting.
- Say “Open your book page 59” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 8, Lesson 2 (4,5,6)”.

2.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to listen to and

(27’) understand four communicative contexts
Activity 1. in which pupils ask and answer questions
Listen and about having a school thing.
number: *Procedure:
- Elicit the words for the school thing in -Look at the pictures and
each picture. say:
+ Picture a: a notebook
+ Picture b: an esaser
+ Picture c: a pencil case
+ Picture d: a pencil.
 - T ask Ss to guess the answers. -Ss guess the answers
+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board.
- Listen to the tape: - Ss listen to the tape and
+ Play the recording write
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to - Ss listen again, write and
swap books with their partners. swap books with their
+ Play the recording again to check partners.
answers together as a class.
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss - Ss check their answers
to correct their answers. Then checks Ss’ and guessing
guessing.
- Play the recording, sentence by -Ss listen and repeat.
sentence, for the class to listen and repeat
in chorus.

Activity 2. Activity 2. Read and match

Read and *Aims: Ss will be able to read and match
match four simple exchanges with the correct
pictures.
*Procedure:
- Get Ss to look at the pictures and -Ss look at the picture and
identify the school things. say

- Have Ss look at the four dialogues and -Ss look and answer
 the pictures. Elicit and model with
number 1
+ Get Ss to read number 1 in chorus. -Ss read
+ Ask them what A and B are talking -Ss answer
about.
+ Write the word notebook on the board. -Ss write
+ Tell Ss to identify the picture of a
notebook (Picture d).
+ Then match number 1 with Picture d. -Ss listen and match
-Have Ss work in pairs and match the -Ss work in pairs and
sentences 2, 3, 4. complete
- Ask a few Ss to stand up and read the -Ss read aloud
sentences aloud.
-T gives feedbacks.

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to review

Let’s play vocabulary words for school things and
use them in the sentence patterns Do you
have ………..? and Yes, I do. / No, I
don’t. by playing the matching game or
Pelmanism.
*Procedure:
- Explain how to play the game: - Ss listen
+ Players take turns to flip over two
matching cards. - Ss play game
+ A picture matches with the name of the
object in the picture.
For example, a picture of a pen matches
with the word pen.
+ If two cards match, they are left turned
face up and the player scores one point.
+ If they do not match, they are returned
to their face down layout and play passes
to the next player.
+ Players that successfully match cards
 get to take another turn and try to match
two more cards.
+ This continues until that player fails to
match a pair.
+ The player with the most points is the
winner.
- Set a time limit for Ss to play the game
in pairs.
- When time runs out, show the cards one -Ss ask and answer the
by one and invite a few pairs to ask and questions
answer questions

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T praises some Ss who are -Ss listen and clap their
hardworking / active/ good…. as well as hands
encourage others to try more

3. - Practice part 5 again.

Homework. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 8, -Ss listen and take note
(3’) Lesson3(1,2,3).

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...
Week 14 Preparing date: December 04th , 2022
Period 54 Teaching date: 07/12(3C,3D), 09/12(3B),12/12(3A)

Unit 8: My school things

Lesson 3 (1, 2, 3)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- correctly repeat the sounds of the letter cluster oo and letter a in isolation, in the words
book and eraser, and in the sentences I have a book. and Do you have an eraser? with
correct pronunciation and intonation.
- identify the target words book and eraser while listening.
- say the chant with the correct rhythm and pronunciation.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 107, 108; audio Tracks 84, 85, 86; website
sachmem.vn, posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 60, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- *Aims: to create a friendly and active
up: (5’) atmosphere in the class to beginning the
Game: Find lesson.
and circle *Procedure:
the words B O O K E P S C E T
H C T H N E H C R H
 C L U A A N A O A I
L E L N N C T S S N
A A W K E I O E E K
S C H O O L I I R B
S R O E E C V C A H
L O O K I A S D A Y
D T S S R S O T S M
A C E B F E Z Y W
- Divide class into 2 groups - Ss listen
- Ask Ss to find and circle the words that
they learnt.
- Which groups find the best correct words
is winner.
- Give Ss time to play the game. -Ss play game
Rows: book, school, look
Columns: pencil case, eraser
-T checks who’s winner?
- Say “Open your book page 60” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 8, Lesson 3 (1,2,3)”.

2. *Aims: Ss will be able to correctly repeat

Presentation the sounds of the letter cluster oo and
(9’) letter a in isolation, in the words book and
Activity 1. eraser, and in the sentences I have a book.
Listen and and Do you have an eraser? with correct
repeat: pronunciation and intonation.
*Procedure:
- T gives instruction to the letter oo and a, - Ss recognize the
book and erase, and in the sentences I differences about color of
have a book. and Do you have an eraser? letter
- Play the recording for the letter oo, a. - - Ss listen
- Encourage Ss to point at the letter/ word/
sentence while listening. - Ss listen and point
- Play the recording again and encourage - Ss listen again and repeat
Ss to listen and repeat.
 - Do this several times until Ss feel -Ss listen again and repeat
confident.
- T calls some Ss to practice. -Ss practice
- T gives feedbacks. -Ss listen

3.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to identify the

(19’) target words book and eraser while
Activity 2. listening.
Listen and *Procedure:
circle. - Elicit the sentences and the gap-fill -Ss listen and say:
options. + Number 1: I have .…….
- T ask Ss to guess the answers. + Number 2: Do you have
+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board. …?
- Listen to the tape: -Ss guess the answers
+ Play the recording - Ss listen to the tape and
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to circle
swap books with their partners. - Ss listen again, circle and
+ Play the recording again to check swap books with their
answers together as a class. partners.
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss to - Ss check their answers
correct their answers. Then checks Ss’ and guessing
guessing.
- Play the recording, sentence by sentence, -Ss listen and repeat.
for the class to listen and repeat in chorus.
- Invite one or two Ss to stand up and read -Ss read the sentences
the completed sentences.

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to say the chant

Let’s chant with the correct rhythm and pronunciation
*Procedure:
- Introduce the title and lyrics of the chant. - Ss look and listen.
- Play the recording for Ss to listen to the -Ss listen to the chant
whole chant.
+ Have them repeat the title and lyrics line - Ss listen and repeat line
by line. by line without clap their
 + Ask Ss to attend to the sounds of the hands
letters oo and a and the words book and -Ss note the sounds, words
eraser.
- Play the recording all the way through -Ss listen to melody of the
for Ss to listen to pronunciation and chant
melody.
- Play the recording line by line for Ss to - Ss listen and chant line by
listen and repeat line.
- Play the recording for Ss to chant and - Ss chant and clap along.
clap along.
- Ask Ss to practice chant and clap along - Ss work in groups (two
in pairs or groups. groups) to chant
- Invite groups to the front of the -Ss perform in front of the
classroom to perform the chant class.

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss listen.
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson -Ss answer the questions
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking / -Ss listen and clap their
active/ good…. as well as encourage hands
others to try more.

4. - Practice the chant more. -Ss listen and take note

Homework. - Collect three school things
(2’) - Prepare the new lesson

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...
Week 14 Preparing date: December 04th , 2022
Period 55 Teaching date: 08/12(3C), 09/12(3D),13/12(3A,3B)

Unit 8: My school things

Lesson 3 (4, 5, 6)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- read and complete a gapped paragraph with the words provided.
- read, understand and complete the writing frame with Ss’ information.
- collect three school things from home and bring them to the classroom to present to
their classmates
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Listening: Listen to the teacher and classmates in communicating.
- Critical Thinking: complete a task in reading a text.
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 109, 110; website sachmem.vn, posters, laptop,
pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 61, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: Game: “Chant”
(5’) *Aims: to review the vocabulary and
structure about greet and respond to
 greetings.
*Procedure:
- Ask Ss chant and do the actions in Unit - Ss listen and chant
8, Lesson 3 page 60 in groups.
- Give point for the groups and
encourage them.
- Say “Open your book page 61” and - Ss open their books
look at “Unit 8, Lesson 3 (4, 5, 6)”.

2.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to read and

(8’) complete a gapped paragraph with the
Activity 1. words provided.
Read and *Procedure:
complete: - Elicit and introduce the paragraph to - Ss look at the pictures and
complete answer
- Elicit the missing word for the first gap -Ss read and complete the
(have) first sentence
- Then tell Ss to pay attention to the -Ss listen and answer
article a / an to select appropriate nouns
in the box for the next two gaps
- Give Ss time to do the rest individually -Ss do the task
or in pairs.
- Tell Ss to swap their answers with a -Ss swap their answers
partner.
- Check answers as a class. Write the -Ss check their answer
correct answers on the board for Ss to
correct their answers.
- Have Ss read the text aloud. -Ss read aloud

3.Production: *Aims: Ss will be able to read,

(19’) understand and complete the writing
Activity 2. frame with pupils’ information
Let’s write *Procedure:
- Write the writing frame on the board. -Ss look and listen
- Have Ss read the sentences in chorus. -Ss read
 - When you reach the first gap, point to it -Ss write
and tell Ss to complete it with their name.
- Then read the next line and tell them to -Ss do the task
complete each gap with the school things My name is…….Look at my
they have. school things. I have……..
- Give Ss time to do the task. and……….
- Invite a few Ss to stand up and read -Ss listen and repeat
their writing aloud.

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to collect three

Project. school things from home and bring them
to the classroom to present to their
classmates.
*Procedure:
- Tell Ss about the activity. - Ss listen
- Check their school things. - Ss listen
- Draw a school thing on the board and - Ss look and note
write the presentation language under it.
- Check comprehension and give -Ss listen and answer
feedback.
- Have Ss repeat the sentences until they -Ss repeat the sentences
can say them by themselves.
- Invite a pupil to the front of the class to -Ss present
model the presentation.
-Watch and offer your support with the -Ss listen
language.
- Put Ss into groups to rehearse their -Ss present into groups
presentation.
- Invite a few Ss from different groups to -Ss talk about their school
show and talk about their school things in things
front of the class.
- Create a class display of school things -Ss vote for the best
and vote for the best presentation. presentation

*Consolidation
 *Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson -Ss listen and clap their
today? hands
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking -Ss listen and take note
/ active/ good…. as well as encourage
others to try more.

4. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 9, Lesson

Homework. 1 (1, 2, 3).
(3’)

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

*************************************
Week 14 Preparing date: December 04th , 2022
Period 56 Teaching date: 08/12(3C), 09/12(3D),13/12(3A,3B)

Unit 9: Colours
Lesson 1 (1, 2, 3)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- use the words blue, brown, red, yellow related to the topic “colours”
- use What colour is it? – It’s ……… to ask and answer questions about colours of
school things
- Vocabulary: blue, brown, red, yellow, colour
- Skills: speaking and listening
2. Competences:
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
- Communication and collaboration: work in pairs or groups.
- Sociability: talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 111, 112, audio Tracks 87, 88, website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 62, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Contents Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- *Aims: to create a friendly and active
up: (3’) atmosphere in the class to beginning the
Jigsaw lesson.
puzzle *Procedure:
- Divide class into 4 groups: Tom, Jerry, - Ss listen
Miu and Chit.
- Ask Ss look at the pieces of picture. -Ss look at the pieces of
the picture

- Ask Ss go to the board and jigsaw puzzle -Ss put into the correct
into the correct picture. picture
-T checks who’s the winner? -Ss check
 - Say “Open your book page 62” and look -Ss open their books
at “Unit 9, Lesson 1 (1,2,3)”.

2. *Aims: Ss will be able to know the

Presentation vocabulary in front of starting the new
(16’) lesson.
Activity 1. *Procedure:
Vocabulary. -T elicits the new words -Ss listen and answer
+ blue : màu xanh da trời (visual) - - Ss listen and repeat
+ brown : màu nâu (visual) + Choral repetition (3
+ red :màu đỏ (visual) times).
+ yellow : màu vàng (visual) + Individual repetition (3
+ colour: màu sắc (translation) ss)
- T models (3 times). - Ss take note
- T writes the words on the board. - Ss look, remember and
- Checking: Rub out and remember write

Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to understand and

Look, listen correctly repeat the sentences in two
and repeat: communicative contexts (pictures) to talk
about colours.
*Procedure:
- Have Ss look at Pictures a and b and -Look at the pictures and
identify the characters (Minh and Mary) in say
the pictures. + In picture a: Mary
asks Minh: Do you have
an eraser?
Minh replies: Yes, I do.
+ In picture b: Mary
asks Minh: What colour
is it?
Minh replies: It’s blue.
 -Ss listen and repeat in
chorus (twice)

-Ss work in pairs to

- Play the audio twice (sentence by
practice
sentence). Correct their pronunciation
-Ss practice the dialogue
where necessary.
-Ss listen
- Have Ss to practice the dialogue
Activity 3 2.
- T invites a few pairs to the front of the
Listen, point
class to practice.
and say.
- T checks pronunciation for ss.

*Aims: Ss will be able to correctly use

What colour is it? It’s ……. for asking and
answering questions about the colours of
-Ss look at the picture
school things.
and answer.
*Procedure:
-Ss listen
* Model sentences:
-Ss listen and repeat
- T asks Ss look at picture b and helps Ss
-Ss repeat
know the structure from the dialogue.
- T introduces new structure for Ss.
- T explains, models and gives meaning.
- Have Ss repeat the model sentences.
3.Practice:
(7’) A: What colours is it?
B: It’s blue. - Ss look, listen and
answer
+ Picture a: a blue
*Drill pictures
eraser
- Have Ss look at the pictures and identify
+ Picture b: a brown
the names of the school things in the
ruler
pictures
+ Picture c: a red pen
+ Picture d: a yellow
 pencil

-Ss listen and repeat

-Ss practice in chorus,
individuals.

- Run through all the pictures.

- Run through model sentences.
+Run through question sentence -Ss work in pairs
+Run through answer sentence
- Have Ss to practise:
+ T asks, Ss answer picture a
+ Ss asks, T answers picture b -Ss point and say
+ Group A ask, group B answer picture c
+ Group B ask, group A answer picture d
- Ask Ss to work in pairs. -Ss listen.
4.Production: - T controls and corrects.
(7’) - Invite a few pupils to stand up, point at
Activity 4. each school thing in the picture and say the
Let’s talk. sentence aloud.
- T gives feedbacks.
-Ss look at the picture
*Aims: Ss will be able to enhance the and answer
correct use of What colour is it? – It’s + a blue pen, a red
…….. for asking and answering questions pencil, a yellow ruler,
about the colour of a school thing. and a brown eraser on a
*Procedure: desk.
- Have Ss look at the picture and elicit the
question and the answer in context.
+ What are they? -Ss point and say
+ Where are they?
+ What colours is it? -Ss read the sentence
- Have Ss look at the school things on the
desk and say their names, and then their
 colours. -Ss point and complete
- Have Ss look at the first speech bubble
and read What colour are they? -Ss ask and answer
- Then have them point at the school bags
and complete the gapped answer in the
second bubble (Ex: They’re black.). After -Ss work in pairs, point
that, let them say the question and the and ask and answer
answer. -SS practice to ask amd
- Give Ss time to practise asking and amswer
answering the question What colour are -Ss ask and answer about
they? – ……. in pairs. their colours
- Invite a few pairs to practise asking and
answering questions about the colours of
the school things on the desk in front of the
class.
- If time allows, let Ss point at the school
things around them, ask and answer
questions about their colours. -Ss answer the questions

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following - Ss listen
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson -Ss listen and clap their
today? hands
+What are the core values of the lesson? (if
the teacher can take from the lesson).
5. - T review the vocabulary and model -Ss listen and take note
Homework. sentences.
(2’) - T praises some Ss who are hardworking /
active/ good…. as well as encourage others
to try more.
 - Learn the vocabulary and model sentences
by heart
- Prepare the new lesson: Unit 9, Lesson 1
(4,5,6).

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

Week 15 Preparing date: December 11th , 2022

Period 57 Teaching date: 14/12(3C,3D), 16/12(3B),19/12(3A)

Unit 9: Colours
Lesson 1 (4, 5, 6)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- listen to and demonstrate understanding of simple exchanges related to the topic
“Colours”
- read and write about colours of school things.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Written Communication: complete the sentences.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
- Communication and collaboration: work in pairs or groups.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 113, 114; audio Tracks 89; website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 63, notebooks
C. PROCEDURES:
Stages/ Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: *Aims: to create a friendly and active
(5’) atmosphere in the class to beginning the
Slap the lesson.
board *Procedure:
- Divide class into 2 groups: Tom and - Ss listen
Jerry.
- How to play: -Ss listen
+ Each group chooses five Ss to play.
+ Class will read aloud.
+ Look at the picture, listen and slap the - Ss play game
picture you heard.
+ Who faster will get 1 mark.
+ Which group with higher mark is the -Ss congratuate the winner
winner.
- T gives feedback.
- Say “Open your book page 63” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 9, Lesson 1 (4,5,6)”.

2.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to listen to and

(27’) understand two communicative contexts
Activity 1. in which pupils ask and answer questions
Listen and about colours of school things and tick
tick: the correct pictures.
*Procedure:
- Elicit the name of the school thing in -Look at the pictures and
each picture. say:
- Check comprehension the difference + Picture 1a: a red eraser
between the two pictures. + Picture1 b: an yellow
eraser
+ Picture 2a: a brown
 ruler
+ Picture 2b: a blue ruler

-Ss guess the answers

- T ask Ss to guess the answers.

+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board. - Ss listen to the tape and
- Listen to the tape: tick
+ Play the recording - Ss listen again, tick and
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to swap books with their
swap books with their partners. partners.
+ Play the recording again to check - Ss check their answers
answers together as a class. and guessing
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss
to correct their answers. Then checks Ss’ -Ss listen and repeat.
guessing.
- Play the recording, sentence by
sentence, for the class to listen and repeat
Activity 2. in chorus.
Look,
complete *Aims: Ss will be able to complete the
and read four gapped dialogues with the help of
the picture cues -Ss look at the picture and
*Procedure: say
- Have Ss look at the picture cues and + a yellow pencil, a red
identify the school things and their pencil case, a brown school
colours bag and a blue pen.
-Ss look and answer

- Have Ss look at the four incomplete -Ss read

sentences. Elicit and model with picture 1
+ Ask Ss to read the sentence 1 in -Ss say and write
chorus.
 + Ask Ss what word is missing in the gap
(yellow). Then have them complete the -Ss work in pairs and
sentence (It’s yellow). complete
-Have Ss work in pairs and complete the -Ss read aloud
sentences 2, 3, 4.
- Ask a few Ss to stand up and read the
sentences aloud.
Activity 3. -T gives feedbacks.
Let’s play
*Aims: Ss will be able to revise the target
vocabulary items through the puzzle, then
ask and answer questions about the
colours of school things.
*Procedure: -Ss listen

- Tell Ss the goal of the game and how to - Ss look and find the letter
play it. to complete
- Then have them look at the word
colours and the colour clues to find - Ss do the puzzle
appropriate letters to complete the words.
- Give Ss a time limit to do the puzzle - Ss work in pairs to ask
individually. and answer
- Have Ss work in pairs. One points and -Ss listen
asks What colour is it? It’s ….
-T gives feedback.

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson. -Ss answer the questions
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson? -Ss listen and clap their
 (if the teacher can take from the lesson). hands
- T praises some Ss who are
3. hardworking / active/ good…. as well as
Homework. encourage others to try more.
(3’) -Ss listen and take note
- Practice part 5 again.
- Prepare the new lesson: Unit 9, Lesson
2 (1,2,3).

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

Week 15 Preparing date: December 11th , 2022

Period 58 Teaching date: 14/12(3C,3D), 16/12(3B),19/12(3A)

Unit 9: Colours
Lesson 2 (1, 2, 3)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- use the words orange, green, white and black related to the topic “colours”
- use What colour are they? – They’re ……… to ask and answer questions about colours
of school things
- Vocabulary: orange, green, white and black
- Skills: speaking and listening
2. Competences:
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
- Communication and collaboration: work in pairs or groups.
- Sociability: talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 115, 116, audio Tracks 90, 91, website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 64, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Stages/Time Teacher’s activities Students’ actiities
1.Warm- up: *Aims: to create a friendly and active
(3’) atmosphere in the class to beginning the
Lucky lesson.
number *Procedure:
- Divide the class into 2 teams (boys and girls). - Ss listen
- Each team takes turns to choose a number.
- They need to ask and answer with the picture -Ss play game
corresponding to that number to get points.
- The group with more points at the end of the
game will be the winner.
- Praise the winner, encourage the other team. -Ss clap the hands
- Say “Open your book page 64” and look at -Ss open their books
“Unit 9, Lesson 2 (1, 2, 3)”.

2. *Aims: Ss will be able to know the vocabulary

Presentation in front of starting the new lesson.
(16’) *Procedure:
Activity 1. -T elicits the new words -Ss listen and answer
Vocabulary. + orange : màu xanh da trời (visual) - Ss listen and repeat
+ green : màu nâu (visual) + Choral repetition (3
+ white :màu đỏ (visual) times).
+ black : màu vàng (visual) + Individual repetition
- T models (3 times). (3 ss)
- Ss take note
- T writes the words on the board. - Ss look, remember
- Checking: Rub out and remember and write

Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to understand and

Look, listen correctly repeat the sentences in two
and repeat: communicative contexts (pictures) to talk
about colours.
*Procedure:
- Have Ss look at Pictures a and b and identify -Look at the pictures
the characters (Minh and Lucy) in the pictures. and say
+ In picture a: Lucy
asks Minh if he has
pencils. Minh says
that he does.
+ In picture b: Lucy
asks Minh: What
colour are they?
Minh answers:
They’re green.

- Play the audio twice (sentence by sentence).

Correct their pronunciation where necessary.
- Have Ss to practice the dialogue
- T invites a few pairs to the front of the class
to practice.
-Ss listen and repeat
- T checks pronunciation for ss.
in chorus (twice)
-Ss work in pairs to
*Aims: Ss will be able to correctly use What
practice
colour are they? They’re …….. for asking and
-Ss practice the
answering questions about the colours of
dialogue
school things.
*Procedure:
Activity 3 2.
* Model sentences:
Listen, point
- T asks Ss look at picture b and helps Ss
and say.
know the structure from the dialogue.
- T introduces new structure for Ss.
 - T explains, models and gives meaning.
-Have Ss repeat the model sentences. -Ss look at the picture
and answer.
A: What colours are they?
-Ss listen
B: They’re orange.
-Ss listen and repeat
-Ss repeat
*Drill pictures
- Have Ss look at the pictures and identify the
names and colours of the school things in the
pictures
3.Practice:
(7’) - Ss look, listen and
answer
+ Picture a: some
orange books
+ Picture b: some
- Run through all the pictures. green notebooks
- Run through model sentences. + Picture c: three
+Run through question sentence white pencil cases
+Run through answer sentence + Picture d: two
- Have Ss to practise: black school bags
+ T asks, Ss answer picture a
+ Ss asks, T answers picture b -Ss listen and repeat
+ Group A ask, group B answer picture c
+ Group B ask, group A answer picture d -Ss practice in chorus,
- Ask Ss to work in pairs. individuals.
- T controls and corrects.
- Invite a few pupils to stand up, point at each
school thing in the picture and say the sentence
aloud.
- T gives feedbacks
-Ss work in pairs
*Aims: Ss will be able to correctly use What
colour are they? They’re …... for asking and -Ss point and say
answering questions about the colours of
 school things. -Ss listen.
*Procedure:
- Have Ss look at the picture and elicit the
4.Production: question and the answer in context.
(7’) + What are they?
Activity 4. + Where are they?
Let’s talk. + What colours are they?

-Ss look at the picture

- Have Ss look at the school things on the desk and answer
and say their names, and then their colours. + two black school
- Have Ss look at the first speech bubble and bags, two orange
read What colour are they? notebooks, two green
- Then have them point at the school bags and books and three white
complete the gapped answer in the second erasers on a desk.
bubble (Ex: They’re black.). After that, let -Ss point and say
them say the question and the answer.
- Give Ss time to practise asking and -Ss read the sentence
answering the question What colour are they?
– ……. in pairs. -Ss point and
- Invite a few pairs to practise asking and complete
answering questions about the colours of the -Ss ask and answer
school things on the desk in front of the class.
- If time allows, let Ss point at the school -Ss work in pairs,
things around them, ask and answer questions point and ask and
about their colours. answer
-SS practice to ask
*Consolidation amd amswer
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and wrap
up the content of the lesson. -Ss ask and answer
*Procedure: about their colours
- T asks ss to answer the following questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson? (if
 the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T review the vocabulary and model
sentences. -Ss answer the
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking / questions
active/ good…. as well as encourage others to
try more.

- Learn the vocabulary and model sentences by - Ss listen

heart
- Prepare the new lesson: Unit 9, Lesson 2 -Ss listen and clap
their hands

5.
Homework. -Ss listen and take
(2’) note
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

*************************************
Week 15 Preparing date: December 11th , 2022
Period 59 Teaching date: 15/12(3C), 16/12(3D),20/12(3A,3B)

Unit 9: Colours
Lesson 2 (4, 5, 6)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- listen to and demonstrate understanding of simple exchanges related to the topic
“Colours”
- read and write about colours of school things.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: look, complete and read
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 116, 117; audio Tracks 92, 93; website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 65, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Stages/Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- Game: Who says fast?
up: (5’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- Hold a school thing card, then reveal it - Ss listen
slowly.
- Ask What is it? - Ss play game
- Ask the Ss guess the answer as fast as
possible.
- Then have Ss do the same with the rest. -Ss play game
- This can be played in groups to make it
more interesting.
- Say “Open your book page 59” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 9, Lesson 2 (4,5,6)”.

2.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to listen to and

(27’) understand four communicative contexts in
Activity 1. which the characters ask and answer
Listen and questions about the colours of school
number: things and number the correct pictures.
*Procedure:
- Elicit the names and clours of the school -Look at the pictures and
thing in each picture. say:
+ What is this? + Picture a: a black
+ What colour is it? school bag
+ What are these? + Picture b: an orange
+ What colour are they? school bag
+ Picture c: two white
books
+ Picture d: two green
books

- T ask Ss to guess the answers. -Ss guess the answers

+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board.
- Listen to the tape:
+ Play the recording - Ss listen to the tape and
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to write
swap books with their partners. - Ss listen again, write and
+ Play the recording again to check swap books with their
answers together as a class. partners.
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss to - Ss check their answers
correct their answers. Then checks Ss’ and guessing
guessing.
- Play the recording, sentence by sentence, -Ss listen and repeat.
for the class to listen and repeat in chorus.

Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to complete the four

Look, gapped dialogues with the help of the
complete picture cues
and read *Procedure:
- Get Ss to look at the pictures and identify -Ss look at the picture and
 the names and colours of the school things. say

- Have Ss look at the four dialogues and -Ss look and answer
the pictures. Elicit and model with number
1
+ Get Ss to read number 1 in chorus. + -Ss read
Ask them what A and B are talking about. -Ss answer
+ Write the word notebook on the board.
+ Tell Ss to identify the picture of a -Ss write
notebook (black).
+ Then write number 1 with black -Ss listen and match
-Have Ss work in pairs and match the -Ss work in pairs and
sentences 2, 3, 4. complete
- Ask a few Ss to stand up and read the -Ss read aloud
sentences aloud.
-T gives feedbacks.

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to sing the song

Let’s sing Colours with the correct pronunciation,
rhythm, and melody.
*Procedure:
- Introduce the title and lyrics of the song -Ss listen and answer
and check comprehension.
+ What is the song about?
+ What colour is the pen?
+ What colour are the rulers?
- Play the recording for Ss to listen to the -Ss listen to the song
whole song.
+ Have them repeat the title and lyrics line - Ss listen and repeat line
 by line. by line without the action.
+ Tell Ss to point at the pictures while -Ss point to the pictures
singing. while singing
- Play the recording all the way through -Ss listen to melody of the
for Ss to listen to pronunciation and song
melody of the song.
- Play the recording line by line for Ss to - Ss listen and sing line by
listen, repeat and point to the pictures line.
- Play the recording for Ss to sing and do - Ss sing and do actions.
actions.
- Ask Ss to practice singing and doing + Ss work in groups (two
actions in pairs or groups. groups) to sing.
- Invite groups to the front of the -Ss perform in front of the
classroom to perform the song class.
-T gives feedback. -Ss listen

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking / -Ss listen and clap their
active/ good…. as well as encourage hands
others to try more.

3. - Practice part 5 again.

Homework. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 9, Lesson 3 -Ss listen and take note
(3’) (1,2,3).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

*************************************
Week 15 Preparing date: December 11th , 2022
Period 60 Teaching date: 15/12(3C), 16/12(3D),20/12(3A,3B)
Unit 9: Colours
Lesson 3 (1, 2, 3)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- correctly repeat the sounds of the letter bl and letter br in isolation, in the words blue
and brown, and in the sentences My school bag is blue. and The pencil cases are brown.
with correct pronunciation and intonation.
- listen to two sentences and circle the correct options to complete the gaps in two
gapped sentences.
- say the chant with the correct rhythm and pronunciation.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 118, 119; audio Tracks 94, 95, 96; website
sachmem.vn, posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 66, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Stages/Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- Game: Find and circle the words
up: (5’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- Divide class into 2 groups
- Ask Ss to find and circle the words that - Ss listen
they learnt.
- Which groups find the best correct words -Ss play game
is winner.
- Give Ss time to play the game.
Rows: brown, break
Columns: blue, brown, blouse
-T checks who’s winner?
- Say “Open your book page 66” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 9, Lesson 3 (1,2,3)”.

2. *Aims: Ss will be able to correctly repeat

Presentation the sounds of the letter bl and letter br in
(9’) isolation, in the words blue and brown,
Activity 1. and in the sentences My school bag is
Listen and blue. and The pencil cases are brown.
repeat: with correct pronunciation and intonation.
*Procedure:
- T gives instruction to the letter bl and - Ss recognize the
br, blue and brown , and in the sentences differences about color of
My school bag is blue. and The pencil letter
cases are brown.
- Play the recording for the letter bl, br. - - Ss listen
- Encourage Ss to point at the letter/ word/ - Ss listen and point
sentence while listening.
- Play the recording again and encourage - Ss listen again and repeat
Ss to listen and repeat.
- Do this several times until Ss feel -Ss listen again and repeat
 confident.
- T calls some Ss to practice. -Ss practice
- T gives feedbacks. -Ss listen

3.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to identify the

(19’) target words blue and brown while
Activity 2. listening.
Listen and *Procedure:
circle. - Elicit the sentences and the gap-fill -Ss listen and say:
options. + Number 1: My school
- T ask Ss to guess the answers. bag is .…….
+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board. + Number 2: The pencils
- Listen to the tape: are
+ Play the recording -Ss guess the answers
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to - Ss listen to the tape and
swap books with their partners. circle
+ Play the recording again to check - Ss listen again, circle and
answers together as a class. swap books with their
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss to partners.
correct their answers. Then checks Ss’ - Ss check their answers
guessing. and guessing
- Play the recording, sentence by
sentence, for the class to listen and repeat -Ss listen and repeat.
in chorus.
- Invite one or two Ss to stand up and read -Ss read the sentences
the completed sentences.

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to say the chant

Let’s chant with the correct rhythm and pronunciation
*Procedure:
- Introduce the title and lyrics of the chant. - Ss look and listen.
- Play the recording for Ss to listen to the -Ss listen to the chant
whole chant.
+ Have them repeat the title and lyrics line - Ss listen and repeat line
by line. by line without clap their
 + Ask Ss to attend to the sounds of the hands
letters bl and br and the words blue and -Ss note the sounds, words
brown.
- Play the recording all the way through -Ss listen to melody of the
for Ss to listen to pronunciation and chant
melody.
- Play the recording line by line for Ss to - Ss listen and chant line by
listen and repeat line.
- Play the recording for Ss to chant and - Ss chant and clap along.
clap along.
- Ask Ss to practice chant and clap along - Ss work in groups (two
in pairs or groups. groups) to chant
- Invite groups to the front of the -Ss perform in front of the
classroom to perform the chant class.
-T gives feedback. -Ss listen

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson? -Ss listen and clap their
(if the teacher can take from the lesson). hands
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking /
active/ good…. as well as encourage
others to try more.

4. - Practice the chant more.

Homework. - Collect three school things
(2’) - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 9, Lesson 3 -Ss listen and take note
(4, 5, 6).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

*************************************
Week 16 Preparing date: December 18th , 2022
Period 61 Teaching date: 21/12(3C,3D), 23/12(3B),26/12(3A)

Unit 9: Colours
Lesson 3 (4, 5, 6)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- read a short text and tick the colours of some school things.
- use the target language in a real context by writing a short paragraph about the colours
of some of their school things.
- revise the target vocabulary items they have learnt in a real context.
- do a project on how to draw, colour and say the colours of school things.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Written communication: write about the colours of school things
- Critical thinking: complete a task in reading a text.
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 120, 121; website sachmem.vn, posters, laptop,
pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 67, notebooks, workbooks
Stages/Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: Game: “Chant”
(5’) *Aims: to review the vocabulary and
structure about greet and respond to
greetings.
*Procedure:
- Ask Ss chant and do the actions in Unit - Ss listen and chant
9 , Lesson 3 page 66 in groups.
- Give point for the groups and encourage
them.
- Say “Open your book page 67” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 9, Lesson 3 (4, 5, 6)”.

2.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to read and

(8’) understand a short text and tick the
Activity 1. colours of some school things.
Read and *Procedure:
tick: - Explain how to complete the task: read -Ss read and answer
the text and tick the correct colours of the
school things in the table.
- Ask Ss to read the list of the school -Ss listen and read
things in the first column of the table.
- Ask Ss look at the colours on the right -Ss listen
side of the table.
- Ask Ss read the text and tick the correct -Ss read and tick
colours.
- Let Ss swap and check answers. -Ss swap their answers
- Check the answers -Ss check their answer
- Ask some Ss to read the text aloud. -Ss read aloud

3.Production: *Aims: Ss will be able to use the target

(19’) language in a real context by completing
Activity 2. a gapped text about the colours of school
Let’s write things.
 *Procedure:
- Check comprehension and elicit to Ss -Ss listen and read
read the gapped text and fill in the gaps
with the colours of their school things.
- Let Ss read the gapped text and fill in -Ss read in chorus
the gaps with the colours of their school
things.
- Have Ss complete the first gap together -Ss write
as an example.
- Ask Ss to look at the gap and ask them -Ss do the task
what is missing. Then let them identify I have a school bag. It is
the colour of their school bag. After that, brown. I have a pen. It
let them write down the suitable word in is…….I have ……………
the gap. They are……
- Give Ss time to complete the text -Ss swap the book and
independently. check
- In pairs or groups, ask Ss to swap their -Ss listen and repeat
complete texts before checking as a class.
- Invite some Ss to come to the board and
read the answer.

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to do a project on

Project. how to draw, colour and say the colours
of school things.
*Procedure:
- Explain that Ss are going to draw, - Ss listen
colour, then show four school things that
they have drawn and coloured and tell the
class about the colours.
- Have Ss work in groups. Each member -Ss work in groups and say
shows the piece of paper or notebook in the picture
which four school things are drawn and
coloured at home and introduce them,
Ex: This is a school bag. It’s brown.
These are the pens. They’re green.
 - Invite one or two Ss to show their -Ss show the picture and
pictures of school things and tell what tell to the class
colour they are to the class.
- Tell the Ss to make a poster of school -Ss listen and do the task
things and how to use your school things
carefully.
*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T praises some Ss who are -Ss listen and clap their
hardworking / active/ good…. as well as hands
encourage others to try more.
4.
Homework. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 10, Lesson -Ss listen and take note
(3’) 1 (1, 2, 3).

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

*************************************
Week 16 Preparing date: December 18th , 2022
Period 62 Teaching date: 21/12(3C,3D), 23/12(3B),26/12(3A)

Unit 10: Break time activities

 Lesson 1 (1, 2, 3)

A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- understand and correctly repeat the sentences in two communicative contexts about
school break time activities.
- correctly say the words and use I …………..at break time. to identify school break time
activities.
- enhance the correct use of I ………… at break time. to identify school break time
activities.
- Vocabulary: chess, volleyball, basketball, badminton, play, break time
- Skills: speaking and listening
2. Competences:
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
- Communication and collaboration: work in pairs or groups.
- Sociability: talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 122, 123, audio Tracks 97, 98, website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 68, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Stages/Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: *Aims: to create a friendly and active
(3’) atmosphere in the class to beginning the
Jigsaw lesson.
puzzle *Procedure:
- Divide class into 4 groups: Tom, Jerry, - Ss listen
Miu and Chit.
- Ask Ss look at the pieces of picture. -Ss look at the pieces of the
- Ask Ss go to the board and jigsaw picture
puzzle into the correct picture.
 -T checks who’s the winner?
- Say “Open your book page 68” and
look at “Unit 10, Lesson 1 (1,2,3)”.

2. *Aims: Ss will be able to know the

Presentation vocabulary in front of starting the new
(16’) lesson.
Activity 1. *Procedure:
Vocabulary. -T elicits the new words -Ss put into the correct
+ chess : cờ (visual) picture
+ volleyball : bóng chuyền (picture)
+ basketball :bóng rổ (picture)
+ badminton : cầu lông (visual)
+ play: chơi (translation)
+ break time: giờ giải lao (situation)
- T models (3 times). -Ss check
- T writes the words on the board.
- Checking: Rub out and remember -Ss open their books

Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to understand and

Look, listen correctly repeat the sentences in two
and repeat: communicative contexts about school
break time activities.
*Procedure:
- Have Ss look at Pictures a and b and -Ss listen and answer
identify the characters (Ben Minh and
Lucy) in the pictures.
- Play the audio twice (sentence by - - Ss listen and repeat
sentence). Correct their pronunciation +Choral repetition(3 times).
where necessary. + Individual repetition(3 ss)
- Have Ss to practice the dialogue - Ss take note
- T invites a few pairs to the front of the - Ss look, remember and
class to practice. write
- T checks pronunciation for ss.
Activity 3 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to correctly say
Listen, point the words and use I…… at break time. to
and say. identify school break time activities.
*Procedure:
* Model sentences:
- T asks Ss look at picture b and helps Ss -Look at the pictures and
know the structure from the dialogue. say
+ In picture a: Ben says:
It’s break time. Let’s play
chess. Lucy says: OK!
+ In picture b: Lucy says:
I play volleyball at break
- T introduces new structure for Ss. time. What about you,
Minh? Minh
- T explains, models and gives meaning. answers: I play basketball.
-Have Ss repeat the model sentences. -Ss listen and repeat in
chorus (twice)
I play volleyball at break -Ss work in pairs to
time. practice
-Ss practice the dialogue
3.Practice: *Drill pictures
(7’) - Elicit and check comprehension about -Ss listen
the name of each break time activity.
- Run through all the pictures. -Ss look at the picture and
- Run through model sentences. answer.
+Run through question sentence -Ss listen
+Run through answer sentence -Ss listen and repeat
- Have Ss to practise: -Ss repeat
+ T asks, Ss answer picture a - Ss look, listen and answer
+ Ss asks, T answers picture b + Picture a: a boy
+ Group A ask, group B answer picture c playing chess
+ Group B ask, group A answer picture d + Picture b: a girl
- Ask Ss to work in pairs. playing volleyball
- T controls and corrects. + Picture c: a boy
- Invite a few pupils to stand up, point at playing basketball
 each school thing in the picture and say + Picture d: a girl playing
the sentence aloud. badminton
- T gives feedbacks. -Ss listen and repeat

4.Production: *Aims: Ss will be able to enhance the -Ss practice in chorus,

(7’) correct use of I …… break time. to individuals.
Activity 4. identify school break time activities. -Ss work in pairs
Let’s talk. *Procedure: -Ss point and say
- Have Ss look at the picture and elicit
the question and the answer in context. -Ss listen.
+ Who are they?
+ Where are they? -Ss look at the picture and
+ What are they doing? answer
- Have Ss look at the picture and say the + pupils doing different
activities activities at break time
- Have Ss look at the first speech bubble -Ss point and say
and read I play badminton at break time.
- Then have them point to the pupils -Ss read the sentence
playing badminton and complete the -Ss point and complete
gapped answer in the second bubble (Ex:
I play badminton at break time) -Ss say aloud
- After that, let them say aloud.
- Give Ss time to practise say the -Ss say the sentence
sentence I play ……at break time.
- Invite some Ss to practise talking about -Ss practice
school break time activities in front of
the class.

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
 today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T review the vocabulary and model - Ss listen
sentences.
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking -Ss listen and clap their
/ active/ good…. as well as encourage hands
others to try more.

5. - Learn the vocabulary and model -Ss listen and take note
Homework. sentences by heart
(2’) - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 10, Lesson
1 (4,5,6).

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

Week 16 Preparing date: December 18th , 2022

Period 63 Teaching date: 22/12(3C), 23/12(3D),27/12(3A,3B)

Unit 10: Break time activities

Lesson 1 (4, 5, 6)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- listen to and understand two communicative contexts in which pupils talk about what
they do at break time.
- complete four target sentence patterns with the help of the picture cues.
- sing the song “It’s break time” with the correct pronunciation and melody.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Written Communication: complete the sentences.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
- Communication and collaboration: work in pairs or groups.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 124, 125; audio Tracks 99, 100, website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 69, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Stages/Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- *Aims: to create a friendly and active
up: (5’) atmosphere in the class to beginning the
Slap the lesson.
board *Procedure:
- Divide class into 2 groups: Tom and Jerry. - Ss listen
- How to play:
+ Each group chooses five Ss to play. -Ss listen
+ Class will read aloud.
+ Look at the picture, listen and slap the
picture you heard.
+ Who faster will get 1 mark. - Ss play game
+ Which group with higher mark is the -Ss congratuate the
winner. winner
- T gives feedback.
- Say “Open your book page 69” and look at - Ss open their books
“Unit 10, Lesson 1 (4,5,6)”.

2.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to listen to and

(27’) understand two communicative contexts in
Activity 1. which pupils talk about what they do at
Listen and break time.
tick: *Procedure:
- Elicit the name of the activities in each -Look at the pictures and
picture. say:
+ Picture 1a: Linh is
playing chess.
+ Picture1 b: Linh is
playing volleyball.
+ Picture 2a: Ben is
playing basketball.
+ Picture 2b: Ben is
playing badminton.

- T ask Ss to guess the answers. -Ss guess the answers

+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board.
- Listen to the tape: - Ss listen to the tape and
+ Play the recording tick
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to - Ss listen again, tick and
swap books with their partners. swap books with their
partners.
+ Play the recording again to check answers - Ss check their answers
together as a class. and guessing
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss to -Ss listen and repeat.
correct their answers. Then checks Ss’
guessing.
- Play the recording, sentence by sentence,
for the class to listen and repeat in chorus.

Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to complete four

Look, target sentence patterns with the help of the
complete picture cues.
and read *Procedure:
- Have Ss look at the picture cues and -Ss look at the picture and
identify the activity of the character. say
- Have Ss look at the four incomplete -Ss look and answer
sentences. Elicit and model with picture 1
 + Ask Ss to read the sentence 1 in chorus. -Ss read
+ Ask Ss what word is missing in the gap -Ss say and write
(play volleyball). Then have them complete
the sentence (I play volleyball at break
time).
-Have Ss work in pairs and complete the -Ss work in pairs and
sentences 2, 3, 4. complete
- Ask a few Ss to stand up and read the -Ss read aloud
sentences aloud.
-T gives feedbacks.

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to sing the song “It’s

Let’s sing break time” with the correct pronunciation
and melody.
*Procedure:
- Introduce the title and lyrics of the song -Ss listen and answer
and check comprehension.
+ What is the song about?
+ What are they doing?
- Play the recording for Ss to listen to the -Ss listen to the song
whole song.
+ Have them repeat the title and lyrics line - Ss listen and repeat line
by line. by line without the action.
+ Tell Ss to point at the pictures while -Ss point to the pictures
singing. while singing
- Play the recording all the way through for -Ss listen to melody of the
Ss to listen to pronunciation and melody of song
the song.
- Play the recording line by line for Ss to - Ss listen and sing line by
listen, repeat and point to the pictures line.
- Play the recording for Ss to sing and do - Ss sing and do actions.
actions. + Ss work in groups (two
- Ask Ss to practice singing and doing groups) to sing.
actions in pairs or groups.
- Invite groups to the front of the classroom -Ss perform in front of the
 to perform the song class.
-T gives feedback. -Ss listen

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson? (if
the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking / -Ss listen and clap their
active/ good…. as well as encourage others hands
to try more.

3. - Practice part 5 again. -Ss listen and take note

Homework. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 10, Lesson 2
(3’) (1,2,3).

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

****************************************
Week 16 Preparing date: December 18th , 2022
Period 64 Teaching date: 22/12(3C), 23/12(3D),27/12(3A,3B)

Unit 10: Break time activities

Lesson 2 (1, 2, 3)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- use the words football, table tennis, chat, word puzzle related to the topic school break
time activities
- use What do you do at break time? – I……… to ask and answer questions about school
break time activites.
- Vocabulary: football, table tennis, chat, word puzzle
- Skills: speaking and listening
2. Competences:
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
- Communication and collaboration: work in pairs or groups.
- Sociability: talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 126, 127, audio Tracks 101, 102, website
sachmem.vn, posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 70, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:

Stages/Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities

1.Warm- up: *Aims: to create a friendly and active
(3’) atmosphere in the class to beginning the
Game: Act lesson.
and Guess *Procedure:
- T divides class into 2 Teams (Boys and - Ss listen
Girls)
- 1 pupil of each team comes to the board -Ss play game
and does actions for their team to guess
the names of break time activities and
sticks the right pictures.
-The first Team to stick 4 correct pictures
with right order is the winner.
 - Say “Open your book page 70” and look -Ss open their books
at “Unit 10, Lesson 2 (1, 2, 3)”.

2. *Aims: Ss will be able to know the

Presentation vocabulary in front of starting the new
(16’) lesson.
Activity 1. *Procedure:
Vocabulary. -T elicits the new words -Ss listen and answer
+ football : bóng đá (visual)
+ word puzzle : trò chơi ô chữ (visual)
+ chat :trò chuyện (translation)
+ table tennis : bóng bàn (visual)
- T models (3 times). - - Ss listen and repeat
+ Choral repetition (3
times).
+ Individual repetition (3
ss)
- T writes the words on the board. - Ss take note
- Checking: Rub out and remember - Ss look, remember and
write

Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to understand and

Look, listen correctly repeat the sentences in two
and repeat: communicative contexts (pictures) to talk
about school brek time activities.
*Procedure:
- Have Ss look at Pictures a and b and -Look at the pictures and
identify the characters (Bill and Mai) in say
the pictures. + In picture a: Mai asks
Bill if What do you do at
break time? Bill says that I
play football.
+ In picture b: Bill asks
Mai: What do you do at
break time?
 Mai answers: I play
badminton.

- Play the audio twice (sentence by -Ss listen and repeat in

sentence). Correct their pronunciation chorus (twice)
where necessary.
- Have Ss to practice the dialogue -Ss work in pairs to
- T invites a few pairs to the front of the practice
class to practice. -Ss practice the dialogue
- T checks pronunciation for ss.
-Ss listen
Activity 3 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to correctly use
Listen, point What do you do at break time?
and say. I …….. for asking and answering
questions about school break time
activities.
*Procedure:
* Model sentences:
- T asks Ss look at picture a and helps Ss
know the structure from the dialogue. -Ss look at the picture and
- T introduces new structure for Ss. answer.
- T explains, models and gives meaning. -Ss listen
-Have Ss repeat the model sentences. -Ss listen and repeat
-Ss repeat
A: What do you do at break time?
B: I play football.

3.Practice: *Drill pictures

(7’) - Elicit the action of the characters in the
pictures. - Ss look, listen and answer
+ Picture a: a boy doing
word puzzle.
 + Picture b: a girl
chatting with her friends
+ Picture c: a boy
playing football
+ Picture d: a girl
playing table tennis

-Ss listen and repeat

- Run through all the pictures.
- Run through model sentences. -Ss practice in chorus,
+Run through question sentence individuals.
+Run through answer sentence
- Have Ss to practise:
+ T asks, Ss answer picture a
+ Ss asks, T answers picture b
+ Group A ask, group B answer picture c
+ Group B ask, group A answer picture d -Ss work in pairs
- Ask Ss to work in pairs.
- T controls and corrects. -Ss point and say
- Invite a few pupils to stand up, point at
each school thing in the picture and say
the sentence aloud. -Ss listen.
4.Production: - T gives feedbacks
(7’)
Activity 4. *Aims: Ss will be able to correctly use
Let’s talk. What do you do at break time? I…... for
asking and answering questions about
school break time activities. -Ss look at the picture and
*Procedure: answer
- Have Ss look at the picture and elicit the + pupils playing different
question and the answer in context. games and sports at break
+ Who are they? time.
+ Where are they? -Ss point and say
+ What are they doing?
- Have Ss look at the picture and say the -Ss read the sentence
 break time activites.
- Have Ss look at the first speech bubble -Ss point, ask and answer
and read What do you do at break time?
- Have Ss point the activities, ask and
answer the questions about break time -Ss ask and answer
activities
- Give Ss time to practise asking and
answering the question What do you do at -Ss work in pairs, point and
break time? – ……. in pairs. ask and answer
- Invite a few pairs to practise asking and
answering questions about break time
activites in front of the class.

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson. -Ss answer the questions
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson? - Ss listen
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T review the vocabulary and model -Ss listen and clap their
sentences. hands
- T praises some Ss who are
hardworking / active/ good…. as well as
5. encourage others to try more.
Homework.
(2’) - Learn the vocabulary and model -Ss listen and take note
sentences by heart
- Prepare the new lesson: Unit 10, Lesson
2 (4,5,6).
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

****************************************
Week 17 Preparing date: December 25th , 2022
Period 65 Teaching date: 28/12(3C,3D), 26/12(3A),30/12(3A)

Unit 10: Break time activities

Lesson 2 (4, 5, 6)

A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- listen to and understand four comunicative context in which Ss ask and answer
question about school break time activities
- read and match four target sentences with four pictures
- practice the target language by playing Miming game.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: look, complete and read
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 128, 129; audio Tracks 103; website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 71, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
 Stages/Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: *Aims: to create a friendly and active
(5’) atmosphere in the class to beginning the
Game: Who lesson.
says fast? *Procedure:
- Hold a school break time activities card, - Ss listen
then reveal it slowly.
- Ask What do you do at break time? - Ss play game
- Ask the Ss guess the answer as fast as
possible.
- Then have Ss do the same with the rest. -Ss play game
- This can be played in groups to make it
more interesting.
- Say “Open your book page 72” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 10, Lesson 2 (4,5,6)”.

2.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to listen to and

(27’) understand four comunicative context in
Activity 1. which Ss ask and answer question about
Listen and school break time activities.
number: *Procedure:
- Elicit the action of the character in each -Look at the pictures and
picture. say:
+ Who are they? + Picture a: a girl play
+ What are they doing? table tennis
+ Picture b: a boy playing
football
+ Picture c: a girl doing
word puzzle
+ Picture d: a boy chatting
with his friends

- T ask Ss to guess the answers. -Ss guess the answers

 + T writes Ss’guessing on the board.
- Listen to the tape: - Ss listen to the tape and
+ Play the recording write
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to - Ss listen again, write and
swap books with their partners. swap books with their
+ Play the recording again to check partners.
answers together as a class.
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss - Ss check their answers
to correct their answers. Then checks Ss’ and guessing
guessing.
- Play the recording, sentence by -Ss listen and repeat.
sentence, for the class to listen and repeat
in chorus.

Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to read and match

Read and four target sentences with four pictures
match *Procedure:
- Get Ss to look at the pictures and elicit -Ss look at the picture and
the characteres’ actions. say
- Have Ss look at the first sentence and -Ss look and answer
the pictures. Elicit and model with
number 1: I play table tennis
+ Ask Ss read and find the correct picture -Ss read
on the right to match.
+ When Ss answer picture b, tell Ss draw -Ss answer and match
a line to match the sentence and the
picture
-Have Ss work in pairs and match the -Ss work in pairs and match
sentences 2, 3, 4.
- Ask a few Ss to stand up and read the -Ss read aloud
sentences aloud.
-T gives feedbacks.

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to practice the

Let’s play target language by playing Miming
 game.
*Procedure:
-Elicit the language that Ss need to talk -Ss listen and answer
about break time activities (play football,
play chess, play volleyball, do word
puzzles, chat with friends, play tble
tennis…)
-Explain how the game is played: -Ss listen
+One Ss mimes the action of doing an
activity.
+Other Ss look at him/ her, guess the - Ss look and guess
action and what it is, ex: play football.
-Model the game with two Ss
-Divide class into four groups, each -Ss model with the teacher
group, choose a pupil to do the actions
while the resr guesses the words.
+Ss get one point for each correct answer. - Ss play game
-The group with most point wins

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T praises some Ss who are -Ss listen and clap their
hardworking / active/ good…. as well as hands
encourage others to try more.

3. - Practice part 5 again.

Homework. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 10, Lesson -Ss listen and take note
(3’) 3 (1,2,3).

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

****************************************
Week 17 Preparing date: December 25th , 2022
Period 66 Teaching date: 28/12(3C,3D), 26/12(3A),30/12(3A)

Unit 10: Break time activities

Lesson 3 (1, 2, 3)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- correctly repeat the sounds of the letter f and letter v in isolation, in the words football
and volleyball, and in the sentences I play football at break time. and I play volleyball at
break time. with correct pronunciation and intonation.
- identify the target words football and volleyball while listening.
- say the chant with the correct rhythm and pronunciation.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 130, 131; audio Tracks 104, 105, 106; website
sachmem.vn, posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 72, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Stages/Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- Game: Find and circle the words
up: (5’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
F M V C E P S V B T
O C T H N E B O B H
O L U E A V X L O I
T E L S N N T L X N
B B S S M K K E V K
A C D K O K K Y E B
L R O E E C V B A H
L H B B W W N A A Y
D F O O T S O L S M
V O B L Y Y Z L W
- Divide class into 2 groups
- Ask Ss to find and circle the words that - Ss listen
they learnt.
- Which groups find the best correct words -Ss play game
is winner.
- Give Ss time to play the game.
Rows: foot
Columns: football, volleyball, chess
-T checks who’s winner?
- Say “Open your book page 72” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 10, Lesson 3 (1,2,3)”.

2.
*Aims: Ss will be able to correctly repeat
Presentation
the sounds of the letter f and letter v in
(9’)
isolation, in the words football and
Activity 1.
volleyball, and in the sentences I play
Listen and
football at break time. and I play
repeat:
volleyball at break time. with correct
 pronunciation and intonation.
*Procedure:
- T gives instruction to the letter f and v, - Ss recognize the
football and volleyball, and in the differences about color of
sentences I play football at break time. letter
and I play volleyball at break time.
- Play the recording for the letter f, v. - - Ss listen
- Encourage Ss to point at the letter/ word/
sentence while listening. - Ss listen and point
- Play the recording again and encourage - Ss listen again and repeat
Ss to listen and repeat.
- Do this several times until Ss feel -Ss listen again and repeat
confident.
- T calls some Ss to practice. -Ss practice
- T gives feedbacks. -Ss listen

3.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to identify the

(19’) target words football and volleyball while
Activity 2. listening.
Listen and *Procedure:
circle. - Elicit the sentences and the gap-fill -Ss listen and say:
options. + Number 1: I play .…….
+ Number 2: I play……
- T ask Ss to guess the answers. -Ss guess the answers
+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board.
- Listen to the tape: - Ss listen to the tape and
+ Play the recording circle
+ Play the recording again and get Ss to
swap books with their partners. - Ss listen again, circle and
+ Play the recording again to check swap books with their
answers together as a class. partners.
+ Write the answers on the board for Ss to - Ss check their answers
correct their answers. Then checks Ss’ and guessing
guessing.
- Play the recording, sentence by sentence, -Ss listen and repeat.
 for the class to listen and repeat in chorus.
- Invite one or two Ss to stand up and read -Ss read the sentences
the completed sentences.

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to say the chant

Let’s chant with the correct rhythm and pronunciation
*Procedure:
- Introduce the title and lyrics of the chant. - Ss look and listen.
- Play the recording for Ss to listen to the -Ss listen to the chant
whole chant.
+ Have them repeat the title and lyrics line - Ss listen and repeat line
by line. by line without clap their
+ Ask Ss to attend to the sounds of the hands
letters f and v and the words football and -Ss note the sounds, words
volleyball.
- Play the recording all the way through -Ss listen to melody of the
for Ss to listen to pronunciation and chant
melody.
- Play the recording line by line for Ss to - Ss listen and chant line by
listen and repeat line.
- Play the recording for Ss to chant and - Ss chant and clap along.
clap along.
- Ask Ss to practice chant and clap along - Ss work in groups (two
in pairs or groups. groups) to chant
- Invite groups to the front of the -Ss perform in front of the
classroom to perform the chant class.
-T gives feedback. -Ss listen

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
 today?
+What are the core values of the lesson? -Ss listen and clap their
(if the teacher can take from the lesson). hands
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking /
active/ good…. as well as encourage
others to try more.

4. - Practice the chant more.

Homework. - Prepare the new lesson: Unit 10, Lesson -Ss listen and take note
(2’) 3 (4, 5, 6).

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

****************************************
Week 17 Preparing date: December 25th , 2022
Period 67 Teaching date: 27/12(3A), 29/12(3C),30/12(3D),3/1/2023(3B)

Unit 10: Break time activities

Lesson 3 (4, 5, 6)
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- read the exchange and tick the correct boxes in the table bout Mary’s, Lucy’s, Bill’s
and Minh’s break time activities
- use the target language in a real context by completing a gapped text about their
school break time activities
- revise the target by asking and answering questions about school break time activities
and talking about them to the class.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Written communication: write about the colours of school things
- Critical thinking: complete a task in reading a text.
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 132 133; website sachmem.vn, posters, laptop,
pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 73, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Stages/Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: Game: “Chant”
(5’) *Aims: to review the vocabulary and
structure about greet and respond to
greetings.
*Procedure:
- Ask Ss chant and do the actions in Unit - Ss listen and chant
10, Lesson 3 page 66 in groups.
- Give point for the groups and encourage
them.
- Say “Open your book page 67” and look - Ss open their books
at “Unit 10, Lesson 3 (4, 5, 6)”.

2.Practice: *Aims: Ss will be able to read the

(8’) exchange and tick the correct boxes in the
Activity 1. table bout Mary’s, Lucy’s, Bill’s and
Read and Minh’s break time activities
tick: *Procedure:
- Explain how to complete the task: read -Ss read and answer
the dialogue and tick the correct break
time activities in the table.
 - Ask Ss to read the list of the break time -Ss listen and read
activities in the first column of the table.
- Ask Ss look at the name on the right -Ss listen
side of the table.
- Ask Ss read the text and tick the correct -Ss read and tick
activities
- Let Ss swap and check answers. -Ss swap their answers
- Check the answers -Ss check their answer
- Ask some Ss to read the text aloud. -Ss read aloud

3.Production: *Aims: Ss will be able to use the target

(19’) language in a real context by completing
Activity 2. a gapped text about their school break
Let’s write time activities
*Procedure:
- Check comprehension and elicit to Ss -Ss listen and read
read the gapped text and fill in the gaps.
- Let Ss read the gapped text and fill in
the gaps.
- Have Ss complete the first gap together -Ss read in chorus
as an example: I am in the school …….
- Ask Ss to look at the gap and ask them -Ss write
what is missing. Then let them identify
the playground. After that, let them write
down the suitable word in the gap.
- Give Ss time to complete the text -Ss do the task
independently.
- In pairs or groups, ask Ss to swap their -Ss swap the book and
complete texts before checking as a class. check
- Invite some Ss to come to the board and -Ss listen and repeat
read the answer.

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to revise the target

Project. by asking and answering questions about
school break time activities and talking
 about them to the class.
*Procedure:
- Elicit the language needed to do the - Ss listen and answer
task: What do yo do at break time?
– I…………..Write it on the board.
- Model with one Ss, asking: What do you -Ss answer
do at break time? And the Ss answer: I
play football. Put a tick in the column
football in the table.
- Ask Ss to work in groups of six. -Ss work in groups
- Invite some Ss to report on their work -Ss report
using the language leanrt.
- Have Ss tick their notes on the walls of -Ss tick on the wall
the classroom as a display.

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T praises some Ss who are -Ss listen and clap their
hardworking / active/ good…. as well as hands
encourage others to try more.

4. - Prepare the new lesson: Review 2 (1, 2, -Ss listen and take note
Homework. 3).
(3’)

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

****************************************
Week 17 Preparing date: December 25th , 2022
Period 68 Teaching date: 27/12(3A), 29/12(3C),30/12(3D),3/1/2023(3B)

Review 2
Parts 1, 2
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- correctly use the following sentence patterns:
correctly use the following sentence patterns:
+ Is this our ………..? – Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t.
+ Let’s go to the………….. – OK, let’s go.
+…………. , please.
+ May I…………..? − Yes, you can. / No, you can’t.
+ I have………..
+ Do you have………….? − Yes, I do. / No, I don’t.
+ What colour is it? − It’s……………..
+ What colour are they? − They’re ……………..
+ I………….. at break time.
+ What do you do at break t time? − I ………….
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 134, 135; Track 107, 108; website sachmem.vn,
posters, laptop, pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 74, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Stages/ Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- Game: Whispering
up: (5’) *Aims: to review the vocabulary and
structure about greet and respond to
greetings.
*Procedure:
- Divide class into 2 groups.
-Ask 5 Ss in each group stand in a - Ss listen
straight line.
- T says a word or phrase to the first -Ss play game
pupil in this line.
- Then, the first pupil whispers what
she/ he hear to the second person in
line; the second one whispers what
he/ she hears to the third one and so
on until the last pupil in group hears
the word or phrase.
- The last pupil says the word or
phrase out loud.
- The faster group has correct word
or phrase is the winner.
- Say “Open your book page 74” and - Ss open their books
look at Review 2.

*Aims: Ss will be able to listen to

2.Practice:
and understand five communicative
(27’)
contexts
Activity 1.
*Procedure:
Listen and
- Elicit the context in each picture
tick: and what they do. -Look at the pictures and say:
+ Pic 1a. a book being closed
+ Pic 1b. a book being opened
+ Picture 2a. a pen
+ Picture 2b. a pencil
+ Pic 3a. a brown school bag
+ Picture 3b. a blue school bag
+ Pic 4a. a boy playing football
+ P 4b. a boy playing basketball
+ Picture 5a. a music room
- T ask Ss to guess the answers. + Picture 5b. a computer room
+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board. -Ss guess the answers
- Listen to the tape:
+ Play the recording - Ss listen to the tape and tick
+ Play the recording again and get Ss - Ss listen again, tick and swap
to swap books with their partners. books with their partners.
+ Play the recording again to check
answers together as a class. - Ss check their answers and
+ Write the answers on the board for guessing
Ss to correct their answers. Then
checks Ss’ guessing.
- Play the recording, sentence by
sentence, for the class to listen and -Ss listen and repeat.
repeat in chorus.

*Aims: Ss will be able to listen to

Activity 2. and understand four communicative
Listen and contexts
number *Procedure:
- Elicit the content and context of
each picture. -Look at the pictures and say:
+ Picture a: Mai is asking
permission to enter the
classroom.
+ Picture b: A library
 + Picture c: Two girls are
playing badminton.
+ Picture d: five green books
-Ss guess the answers

- Ss listen to the tape and write

- T ask Ss to guess the answers. the number
+ T writes Ss’guessing on the board. - Ss listen again, write number
- Listen to the tape: and swap books with their
+ Play the recording partners.
+ Play the recording again and get Ss
to swap books with their partners. - Ss check their answers and
+ Play the recording again to check guessing
answers together as a class.
+ Write the answers on the board for -Ss listen and repeat.
Ss to correct their answers. Then
checks Ss’ guessing.
- Play the recording, sentence by
sentence, for the class to listen and
repeat in chorus. -Ss listen and play game

* Game: Chain game

- Play the game “chain game”.
+ Divide the class into a lot of
groups. There are four or five Ss in
each group.
+ T says a sentence. Then, the first S
repeats T’s sentence and adds to it.
Next, the second S repeats what the
first S has said and adds to it, ect.
- T gives feedback by a game

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate
and wrap up the content of the
-Ss listen and answer
 lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the
lesson today?
+What are the core values of the -Ss listen and clap their hands
lesson?
- T praises some Ss who are
3. hardworking / active/ good…. as -Ss listen and take note
Homework. well as encourage others to try more.
(3’)
- Prepare the new lesson: review 2
(3,4,5)
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

****************************************
Week 18 Preparing date: December 31st , 2022
Period 69 Teaching date: 3/1(3A,3B), 4/1(3C,3D)

Review 2
Parts 3, 4, 5
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- correctly use the following sentence patterns:
correctly use the following sentence patterns:
+ Is this our ………..? – Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t.
+ Let’s go to the………….. – OK, let’s go.
+…………. , please.
+ May I…………..? − Yes, you can. / No, you can’t.
+ I have………..
+ Do you have………….? − Yes, I do. / No, I don’t.
+ What colour is it? − It’s……………..
+ What colour are they? − They’re ……………..
+ I………….. at break time.
+ What do you do at break t time? − I ………….
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Self-control and independent learning: perform listening tasks.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions.
- Diligence: complete learning tasks.
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 136, 137; website sachmem.vn, posters, laptop,
pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 75, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Stages/Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: Game: Whispering
(5’) *Aims: to review the vocabulary and
structure about greet and respond to
greetings.
*Procedure:
- Divide class into 2 groups. - Ss listen
- Ask 5 Ss in each group stand in a -Ss play game
straight line.
- T says a word or phrase to the first
pupil in this line.
- Then, the first pupil whispers what
 she/ he hear to the second person in line;
the second one whispers what he/ she
hears to the third one and so on until the
last pupil in group hears the word or
phrase.
- The last pupil says the word or phrase
out loud.
- Ss open their books
- The faster group has correct word or
phrase is the winner.
- Say “Open your book page 75” and
2.Practice:
look at Review 2.
(27’)
Activity 1.
*Aims: Ss will be able to read and
Read and -Ss look at the sentence 1
match pairs of target sentence patterns
match and say
*Procedure:
-Ss work in pairs and match
- Tell Ss about this activity. Point at
sentence 1, elicit the answer and models.
-Ss swap their books and
- Give Ss work in pairs to do the
match
sentence 2,3,4,5.
- Tell Ss to swap their books with their
-Ss check
partners, then check answers together as
a class.
-Ss read aloud
- Write the correct answers on the board
for Ss to correct their answers.
- Invite some pairs to stand up and read
Activity 2.
the matched exchanges aloud.
Look,
complete and
*Aims: Ss will be able to understand
read.
and complete two incomplete sentence
-Ss listen and answer
patterns and two exchanges.
*Procedure:
-Ss look at the dialogue and
- Elicit the missing words and the
say number 1
conversation.
-Ss work in pairs and
- Tell Ss about this activity. Point at
 number 1, elicit the answer and models. complete
- Give Ss work in pairs to do the task -Ss swap their books and
- Tell Ss to swap their books with their match
partners, then check answers together as -Ss check
a class.
- Write the correct answers on the board -Ss read aloud
for Ss to correct their answers.
- Invite some pairs to stand up and read
Activity 3. the matched exchanges aloud.
Ask and
answer *Aims: Ss will be able to read and
understand five question patterns, then
take it in turns to ask and answer the
questions. -Ss listen and answer
*Procedure:
- Ask Ss to read the question and elicit -Ss role play sentence 1
the answer
- Get Ss to role-play the exchange with -Ss work in paris
sentence 1
- Give Ss time to take it in turns to role- -Ss role play
play the five question.
- Invite some pairs to stand up and role-
play.
-Ss listen and play game
* Game: Pass the ball
- Divide class into 3 teams.
- Each team has 1 sticky ball.
- Play the music, students in each team
take turn to pass the ball. After the
music ends, 3 students have the ball –
stand up and say the name, using the
sentence model.

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
 wrap up the content of the lesson. -Ss listen and answer
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the
lesson today?
+What are the core values of the -Ss listen and clap their
lesson? hands
- T praises some Ss who are
hardworking / active/ good…. as well as
3. Homework. encourage others to try more. -Ss listen and take note
(3’)
- Prepare Fun time 2.
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

****************************************
Week 18 Preparing date: December 31st , 2022
Period 70 Teaching date: 3/1(3A),4/1(3C,3D), 6/1(3B)

Fun time 2
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- take part in three fun activities relating to their language knowledge and competences.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Skills: speaking, writing and listening
2. Competences:
- Critical Thinking: self-introduce
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: Teacher’s guide Pages 137, 138, 139; website sachmem.vn, posters, laptop,
pictures, textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector.
- Students: Pupil’s book Page 76, 77, notebooks, workbooks, school things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Stages/Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
1.Warm- up: Sing: Head, shoulders, knees and toes
(3’) *Aims: to create a friendly and active
atmosphere in the class to beginning the
lesson.
*Procedure:
- Show the song on the screen. - Ss listen
- Ask Ss to listen, sing and dance the - Ss sing a song
song.
- Say “Open your book page 76, 77” and - Open their books
look at “Fun time”.

2. Practice *Aims: Ss will be able to revise learnt

(30’) vocabulary by doing the word search.
Activity 1. *Procedure:
Find and - Have Ss look at the pictures and ask -Ss look at the picture and
circle +What’s this? answer
+ What can you see in the pictures?
+ What colour is it?
- Write the words or stick the flash cards - - Ss note
of the words, one by one, on the board.
- Point at each word on the board and
have Ss say the word as a class. - Ss say the word
- Point at the picture of the school, and - Ss point and circle
circle it in the word search as an example.
- Tell Ss to find the rest of the words in -Ss find the words
the word search.
 - Have Ss check and correct their answers -Ss check their answer
in pairs
- Have Ss work in pairs, one points at the -Ss say aloud
pictures and the other points at the circled
words in the word search and say them
aloud.

Activity 2. *Aims: Ss will be able to revise

Quiz time vocabulary and sentence patterns related
to asking and answering questions that
help to identify school things and their
colours.
*Procedure:
- Elicit the words and stick the flash cards -Ss listen
on the board one by one as Ss say the
corresponding words.
- Point at each flash card and have Ss say -Ss listen and say the word
the word as a class.
- Point at a flash card and elicit the -Ss point and say
answers to the questions
+ Do you have …….?
+What colour is it?
+ What colour are they?
- Hold up a textbook, point at a picture of -Ss point, ask and answer
a school thing and ask these questions
again.
- Show the class how to complete the -Ss listen
task: Point at a picture of a school thing
and ask the questions in pairs.
- Have Ss work in pair to as and answer -Ss work in pairs
about their school things
- Invite a few pairs to the front of the -Ss present
class to interact with each other.

Activity 3. *Aims: Ss will be able to understand how

Look and mixing two colours makes a third colour
write *Procedure:
- T elicits the names of the three colours: - Ss look, listen and answer
red, blue, yellow.
- Use crayons or paints to show pupils - Ss look and answer
what happens when you mix red and
blue.
- Explain that this third colour is called -Ss listen and write
purple. Write purple on the
board and model it for pupils to repeat. -Ss do the task
- Repeat for red and yellow (orange),
yellow and blue (green). -Ss write their answer.
- Have Ss complete the colour sums. -Ss check
- Check answers together as a class.

*Consolidation
*Aims: Ss will be able consolidate and
wrap up the content of the lesson.
*Procedure:
- T asks ss to answer the following -Ss answer the questions
questions:
+ What have you learnt from the lesson
today?
+What are the core values of the lesson?
(if the teacher can take from the lesson).
- T praises some Ss who are hardworking -Ss listen and clap their
/ active/ good…. as well as encourage hands
others to try more.

3. - Prepare the first test. -Ss listen and take note

Homework.
(2’)
D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):
………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
………………………………………….…..
……………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………...

****************************************
Week 18 Preparing date: December 31st , 2022
Period 71 Teaching date: 3/1(3A),4/1(3C,3D), 6/1(3B)
The first term test
A. OBJECTIVES:
By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to:
1. Knowledge:
- Check Ss’ comprehension about this theme and get marks.
- Vocabulary: Review
- Model sentences: Review
- Skills: speaking, writing and listening
2. Competences:
- Co-operation: ready to help friends in pair work/ group work.
- Sociability: Talk to each other, say good words to others.
3. Attitude/ Qualities:
- Kindness: Help partners to complete learning tasks.
- Honesty: tell the truth about feelings and emotions
B. TEACHING AIDS:
- Teacher: - Teacher: Textbook, lesson plan, TV or projector, wordsheets.
- Students: School things.
C. PROCEDURES:
Stages/Time Teacher’s activities Students’ activities
40 miinutes Give the students papers test to do Whole class to do the test.
- T recommends -Ss listen
- Prepare Unit 11: Lesson 1 (1, 2, 3).

D. ADJUSTMENTS (if necessary):

………………………………………………………………………………………….
…..……………………………………………………………………………...
……………
…………………………………………………………………………………………….